blob: b51ad2ba8e37900cf66d42e8ba976791ee188a0c [file] [log] [blame]
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001//===--- ASTContext.cpp - Context to hold long-lived AST nodes ------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
Chris Lattner0bc735f2007-12-29 19:59:25 +00005// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00007//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements the ASTContext interface.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
14#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Ken Dyckbdc601b2009-12-22 14:23:30 +000015#include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h"
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49aa7ff2008-08-07 20:55:28 +000016#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
Steve Naroff980e5082007-10-01 19:00:59 +000017#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Douglas Gregoraaba5e32009-02-04 19:02:06 +000018#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb17166c2009-08-19 01:27:32 +000019#include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h"
Daniel Dunbare91593e2008-08-11 04:54:23 +000020#include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
John McCallea1471e2010-05-20 01:18:31 +000021#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Douglas Gregor2cf26342009-04-09 22:27:44 +000022#include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h"
Argyrios Kyrtzidis7b903402010-10-24 17:26:36 +000023#include "clang/AST/ASTMutationListener.h"
Anders Carlsson19cc4ab2009-07-18 19:43:29 +000024#include "clang/AST/RecordLayout.h"
Chris Lattner1b63e4f2009-06-14 01:54:56 +000025#include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h"
Chris Lattnera9376d42009-03-28 03:45:20 +000026#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000027#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
Benjamin Kramerf5942a42009-10-24 09:57:09 +000028#include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h"
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +000029#include "llvm/ADT/StringExtras.h"
Nate Begeman6fe7c8a2009-01-18 06:42:49 +000030#include "llvm/Support/MathExtras.h"
Benjamin Kramerf5942a42009-10-24 09:57:09 +000031#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
Charles Davis071cc7d2010-08-16 03:33:14 +000032#include "CXXABI.h"
Anders Carlsson29445a02009-07-18 21:19:52 +000033
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000034using namespace clang;
35
Douglas Gregor18274032010-07-03 00:47:00 +000036unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDefaultConstructors;
37unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDefaultConstructorsDeclared;
Douglas Gregor22584312010-07-02 23:41:54 +000038unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyConstructors;
39unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyConstructorsDeclared;
Douglas Gregora376d102010-07-02 21:50:04 +000040unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperators;
41unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperatorsDeclared;
Douglas Gregor4923aa22010-07-02 20:37:36 +000042unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDestructors;
43unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDestructorsDeclared;
44
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000045enum FloatingRank {
46 FloatRank, DoubleRank, LongDoubleRank
47};
48
Douglas Gregor3e1274f2010-06-16 21:09:37 +000049void
50ASTContext::CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm::Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID,
51 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Parm) {
52 ID.AddInteger(Parm->getDepth());
53 ID.AddInteger(Parm->getPosition());
54 // FIXME: Parameter pack
55
56 TemplateParameterList *Params = Parm->getTemplateParameters();
57 ID.AddInteger(Params->size());
58 for (TemplateParameterList::const_iterator P = Params->begin(),
59 PEnd = Params->end();
60 P != PEnd; ++P) {
61 if (TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTP = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(*P)) {
62 ID.AddInteger(0);
63 ID.AddBoolean(TTP->isParameterPack());
64 continue;
65 }
66
67 if (NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP = dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(*P)) {
68 ID.AddInteger(1);
69 // FIXME: Parameter pack
70 ID.AddPointer(NTTP->getType().getAsOpaquePtr());
71 continue;
72 }
73
74 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP = cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(*P);
75 ID.AddInteger(2);
76 Profile(ID, TTP);
77 }
78}
79
80TemplateTemplateParmDecl *
81ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(
82 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP) {
83 // Check if we already have a canonical template template parameter.
84 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
85 CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm::Profile(ID, TTP);
86 void *InsertPos = 0;
87 CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm *Canonical
88 = CanonTemplateTemplateParms.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
89 if (Canonical)
90 return Canonical->getParam();
91
92 // Build a canonical template parameter list.
93 TemplateParameterList *Params = TTP->getTemplateParameters();
94 llvm::SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 4> CanonParams;
95 CanonParams.reserve(Params->size());
96 for (TemplateParameterList::const_iterator P = Params->begin(),
97 PEnd = Params->end();
98 P != PEnd; ++P) {
99 if (TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTP = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(*P))
100 CanonParams.push_back(
101 TemplateTypeParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(),
102 SourceLocation(), TTP->getDepth(),
103 TTP->getIndex(), 0, false,
104 TTP->isParameterPack()));
105 else if (NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP
106 = dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(*P))
107 CanonParams.push_back(
108 NonTypeTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(),
109 SourceLocation(), NTTP->getDepth(),
110 NTTP->getPosition(), 0,
111 getCanonicalType(NTTP->getType()),
112 0));
113 else
114 CanonParams.push_back(getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(
115 cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(*P)));
116 }
117
118 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *CanonTTP
119 = TemplateTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(),
120 SourceLocation(), TTP->getDepth(),
121 TTP->getPosition(), 0,
122 TemplateParameterList::Create(*this, SourceLocation(),
123 SourceLocation(),
124 CanonParams.data(),
125 CanonParams.size(),
126 SourceLocation()));
127
128 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
129 Canonical = CanonTemplateTemplateParms.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
130 assert(Canonical == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!");
131 (void)Canonical;
132
133 // Create the canonical template template parameter entry.
134 Canonical = new (*this) CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm(CanonTTP);
135 CanonTemplateTemplateParms.InsertNode(Canonical, InsertPos);
136 return CanonTTP;
137}
138
Charles Davis071cc7d2010-08-16 03:33:14 +0000139CXXABI *ASTContext::createCXXABI(const TargetInfo &T) {
John McCallee79a4c2010-08-21 22:46:04 +0000140 if (!LangOpts.CPlusPlus) return 0;
141
Charles Davis20cf7172010-08-19 02:18:14 +0000142 switch (T.getCXXABI()) {
John McCallee79a4c2010-08-21 22:46:04 +0000143 case CXXABI_ARM:
144 return CreateARMCXXABI(*this);
145 case CXXABI_Itanium:
Charles Davis071cc7d2010-08-16 03:33:14 +0000146 return CreateItaniumCXXABI(*this);
Charles Davis20cf7172010-08-19 02:18:14 +0000147 case CXXABI_Microsoft:
148 return CreateMicrosoftCXXABI(*this);
149 }
John McCallee79a4c2010-08-21 22:46:04 +0000150 return 0;
Charles Davis071cc7d2010-08-16 03:33:14 +0000151}
152
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +0000153ASTContext::ASTContext(const LangOptions& LOpts, SourceManager &SM,
Daniel Dunbar444be732009-11-13 05:51:54 +0000154 const TargetInfo &t,
Daniel Dunbare91593e2008-08-11 04:54:23 +0000155 IdentifierTable &idents, SelectorTable &sels,
Chris Lattner1b63e4f2009-06-14 01:54:56 +0000156 Builtin::Context &builtins,
Douglas Gregor63fe86b2010-07-25 17:53:33 +0000157 unsigned size_reserve) :
John McCallef990012010-06-11 11:07:21 +0000158 TemplateSpecializationTypes(this_()),
159 DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes(this_()),
Argyrios Kyrtzidis00611382010-07-04 21:44:19 +0000160 GlobalNestedNameSpecifier(0), IsInt128Installed(false),
161 CFConstantStringTypeDecl(0), NSConstantStringTypeDecl(0),
Mike Stump782fa302009-07-28 02:25:19 +0000162 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl(0), FILEDecl(0), jmp_bufDecl(0),
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +0000163 sigjmp_bufDecl(0), BlockDescriptorType(0), BlockDescriptorExtendedType(0),
John McCallbf1a0282010-06-04 23:28:52 +0000164 NullTypeSourceInfo(QualType()),
Charles Davis071cc7d2010-08-16 03:33:14 +0000165 SourceMgr(SM), LangOpts(LOpts), ABI(createCXXABI(t)), Target(t),
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000166 Idents(idents), Selectors(sels),
Ted Kremenekac9590e2010-05-10 20:40:08 +0000167 BuiltinInfo(builtins),
168 DeclarationNames(*this),
Argyrios Kyrtzidis9a44b5f2010-10-28 09:29:35 +0000169 ExternalSource(0), Listener(0), PrintingPolicy(LOpts),
Ted Kremenekf057bf72010-06-18 00:31:04 +0000170 LastSDM(0, 0),
171 UniqueBlockByRefTypeID(0), UniqueBlockParmTypeID(0) {
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +0000172 ObjCIdRedefinitionType = QualType();
173 ObjCClassRedefinitionType = QualType();
Douglas Gregor63fe86b2010-07-25 17:53:33 +0000174 ObjCSelRedefinitionType = QualType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000175 if (size_reserve > 0) Types.reserve(size_reserve);
Daniel Dunbare91593e2008-08-11 04:54:23 +0000176 TUDecl = TranslationUnitDecl::Create(*this);
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +0000177 InitBuiltinTypes();
Daniel Dunbare91593e2008-08-11 04:54:23 +0000178}
179
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000180ASTContext::~ASTContext() {
Ted Kremenek3478eb62010-02-11 07:12:28 +0000181 // Release the DenseMaps associated with DeclContext objects.
182 // FIXME: Is this the ideal solution?
183 ReleaseDeclContextMaps();
Douglas Gregor7d10b7e2010-03-02 23:58:15 +0000184
Douglas Gregor63fe86b2010-07-25 17:53:33 +0000185 // Call all of the deallocation functions.
186 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Deallocations.size(); I != N; ++I)
187 Deallocations[I].first(Deallocations[I].second);
Douglas Gregor00545312010-05-23 18:26:36 +0000188
Douglas Gregor7d10b7e2010-03-02 23:58:15 +0000189 // Release all of the memory associated with overridden C++ methods.
190 for (llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::iterator
191 OM = OverriddenMethods.begin(), OMEnd = OverriddenMethods.end();
192 OM != OMEnd; ++OM)
193 OM->second.Destroy();
Ted Kremenek3478eb62010-02-11 07:12:28 +0000194
Ted Kremenekdcfcfbe2010-06-08 23:00:58 +0000195 // ASTRecordLayout objects in ASTRecordLayouts must always be destroyed
Douglas Gregor63fe86b2010-07-25 17:53:33 +0000196 // because they can contain DenseMaps.
197 for (llvm::DenseMap<const ObjCContainerDecl*,
198 const ASTRecordLayout*>::iterator
199 I = ObjCLayouts.begin(), E = ObjCLayouts.end(); I != E; )
200 // Increment in loop to prevent using deallocated memory.
201 if (ASTRecordLayout *R = const_cast<ASTRecordLayout*>((I++)->second))
202 R->Destroy(*this);
203
Ted Kremenekdcfcfbe2010-06-08 23:00:58 +0000204 for (llvm::DenseMap<const RecordDecl*, const ASTRecordLayout*>::iterator
205 I = ASTRecordLayouts.begin(), E = ASTRecordLayouts.end(); I != E; ) {
206 // Increment in loop to prevent using deallocated memory.
207 if (ASTRecordLayout *R = const_cast<ASTRecordLayout*>((I++)->second))
208 R->Destroy(*this);
209 }
Douglas Gregor63200642010-08-30 16:49:28 +0000210
211 for (llvm::DenseMap<const Decl*, AttrVec*>::iterator A = DeclAttrs.begin(),
212 AEnd = DeclAttrs.end();
213 A != AEnd; ++A)
214 A->second->~AttrVec();
215}
Douglas Gregorab452ba2009-03-26 23:50:42 +0000216
Douglas Gregor00545312010-05-23 18:26:36 +0000217void ASTContext::AddDeallocation(void (*Callback)(void*), void *Data) {
218 Deallocations.push_back(std::make_pair(Callback, Data));
219}
220
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000221void
Douglas Gregor2cf26342009-04-09 22:27:44 +0000222ASTContext::setExternalSource(llvm::OwningPtr<ExternalASTSource> &Source) {
223 ExternalSource.reset(Source.take());
224}
225
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000226void ASTContext::PrintStats() const {
227 fprintf(stderr, "*** AST Context Stats:\n");
228 fprintf(stderr, " %d types total.\n", (int)Types.size());
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +0000229
Douglas Gregordbe833d2009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000230 unsigned counts[] = {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000231#define TYPE(Name, Parent) 0,
Douglas Gregordbe833d2009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000232#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Name, Parent)
233#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
234 0 // Extra
235 };
Douglas Gregorc2ee10d2009-04-07 17:20:56 +0000236
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000237 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Types.size(); i != e; ++i) {
238 Type *T = Types[i];
Douglas Gregordbe833d2009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000239 counts[(unsigned)T->getTypeClass()]++;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000240 }
241
Douglas Gregordbe833d2009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000242 unsigned Idx = 0;
243 unsigned TotalBytes = 0;
244#define TYPE(Name, Parent) \
245 if (counts[Idx]) \
246 fprintf(stderr, " %d %s types\n", (int)counts[Idx], #Name); \
247 TotalBytes += counts[Idx] * sizeof(Name##Type); \
248 ++Idx;
249#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Name, Parent)
250#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000251
Douglas Gregordbe833d2009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000252 fprintf(stderr, "Total bytes = %d\n", int(TotalBytes));
Douglas Gregored8abf12010-07-08 06:14:04 +0000253
Douglas Gregor4923aa22010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000254 // Implicit special member functions.
Douglas Gregor18274032010-07-03 00:47:00 +0000255 fprintf(stderr, " %u/%u implicit default constructors created\n",
256 NumImplicitDefaultConstructorsDeclared,
257 NumImplicitDefaultConstructors);
Douglas Gregor22584312010-07-02 23:41:54 +0000258 fprintf(stderr, " %u/%u implicit copy constructors created\n",
259 NumImplicitCopyConstructorsDeclared,
260 NumImplicitCopyConstructors);
Douglas Gregora376d102010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000261 fprintf(stderr, " %u/%u implicit copy assignment operators created\n",
262 NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperatorsDeclared,
263 NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperators);
Douglas Gregor4923aa22010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000264 fprintf(stderr, " %u/%u implicit destructors created\n",
265 NumImplicitDestructorsDeclared, NumImplicitDestructors);
266
Douglas Gregor2cf26342009-04-09 22:27:44 +0000267 if (ExternalSource.get()) {
268 fprintf(stderr, "\n");
269 ExternalSource->PrintStats();
270 }
Douglas Gregored8abf12010-07-08 06:14:04 +0000271
Douglas Gregor63fe86b2010-07-25 17:53:33 +0000272 BumpAlloc.PrintStats();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000273}
274
275
John McCalle27ec8a2009-10-23 23:03:21 +0000276void ASTContext::InitBuiltinType(CanQualType &R, BuiltinType::Kind K) {
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +0000277 BuiltinType *Ty = new (*this, TypeAlignment) BuiltinType(K);
John McCalle27ec8a2009-10-23 23:03:21 +0000278 R = CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(QualType(Ty, 0));
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +0000279 Types.push_back(Ty);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000280}
281
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000282void ASTContext::InitBuiltinTypes() {
283 assert(VoidTy.isNull() && "Context reinitialized?");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000284
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000285 // C99 6.2.5p19.
286 InitBuiltinType(VoidTy, BuiltinType::Void);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000287
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000288 // C99 6.2.5p2.
289 InitBuiltinType(BoolTy, BuiltinType::Bool);
290 // C99 6.2.5p3.
Eli Friedman15b91762009-06-05 07:05:05 +0000291 if (LangOpts.CharIsSigned)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000292 InitBuiltinType(CharTy, BuiltinType::Char_S);
293 else
294 InitBuiltinType(CharTy, BuiltinType::Char_U);
295 // C99 6.2.5p4.
296 InitBuiltinType(SignedCharTy, BuiltinType::SChar);
297 InitBuiltinType(ShortTy, BuiltinType::Short);
298 InitBuiltinType(IntTy, BuiltinType::Int);
299 InitBuiltinType(LongTy, BuiltinType::Long);
300 InitBuiltinType(LongLongTy, BuiltinType::LongLong);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000301
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000302 // C99 6.2.5p6.
303 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedCharTy, BuiltinType::UChar);
304 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedShortTy, BuiltinType::UShort);
305 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedIntTy, BuiltinType::UInt);
306 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedLongTy, BuiltinType::ULong);
307 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedLongLongTy, BuiltinType::ULongLong);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000308
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000309 // C99 6.2.5p10.
310 InitBuiltinType(FloatTy, BuiltinType::Float);
311 InitBuiltinType(DoubleTy, BuiltinType::Double);
312 InitBuiltinType(LongDoubleTy, BuiltinType::LongDouble);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis64c438a2008-08-09 16:51:54 +0000313
Chris Lattner2df9ced2009-04-30 02:43:43 +0000314 // GNU extension, 128-bit integers.
315 InitBuiltinType(Int128Ty, BuiltinType::Int128);
316 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedInt128Ty, BuiltinType::UInt128);
317
Chris Lattner3a250322009-02-26 23:43:47 +0000318 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) // C++ 3.9.1p5
319 InitBuiltinType(WCharTy, BuiltinType::WChar);
320 else // C99
321 WCharTy = getFromTargetType(Target.getWCharType());
Argyrios Kyrtzidis64c438a2008-08-09 16:51:54 +0000322
Alisdair Meredithf5c209d2009-07-14 06:30:34 +0000323 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) // C++0x 3.9.1p5, extension for C++
324 InitBuiltinType(Char16Ty, BuiltinType::Char16);
325 else // C99
326 Char16Ty = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar16Type());
327
328 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) // C++0x 3.9.1p5, extension for C++
329 InitBuiltinType(Char32Ty, BuiltinType::Char32);
330 else // C99
331 Char32Ty = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar32Type());
332
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +0000333 // Placeholder type for type-dependent expressions whose type is
334 // completely unknown. No code should ever check a type against
335 // DependentTy and users should never see it; however, it is here to
336 // help diagnose failures to properly check for type-dependent
337 // expressions.
338 InitBuiltinType(DependentTy, BuiltinType::Dependent);
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000339
John McCall2a984ca2010-10-12 00:20:44 +0000340 // Placeholder type for functions.
341 InitBuiltinType(OverloadTy, BuiltinType::Overload);
342
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000343 // Placeholder type for C++0x auto declarations whose real type has
Anders Carlssone89d1592009-06-26 18:41:36 +0000344 // not yet been deduced.
John McCall2a984ca2010-10-12 00:20:44 +0000345 InitBuiltinType(UndeducedAutoTy, BuiltinType::UndeducedAuto);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000346
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000347 // C99 6.2.5p11.
348 FloatComplexTy = getComplexType(FloatTy);
349 DoubleComplexTy = getComplexType(DoubleTy);
350 LongDoubleComplexTy = getComplexType(LongDoubleTy);
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000351
Steve Naroff7e219e42007-10-15 14:41:52 +0000352 BuiltinVaListType = QualType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000353
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +0000354 // "Builtin" typedefs set by Sema::ActOnTranslationUnitScope().
355 ObjCIdTypedefType = QualType();
356 ObjCClassTypedefType = QualType();
Fariborz Jahanian13dcd002009-11-21 19:53:08 +0000357 ObjCSelTypedefType = QualType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000358
Fariborz Jahanian13dcd002009-11-21 19:53:08 +0000359 // Builtin types for 'id', 'Class', and 'SEL'.
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +0000360 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinIdTy, BuiltinType::ObjCId);
361 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinClassTy, BuiltinType::ObjCClass);
Fariborz Jahanian13dcd002009-11-21 19:53:08 +0000362 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinSelTy, BuiltinType::ObjCSel);
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +0000363
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +0000364 ObjCConstantStringType = QualType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000365
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +0000366 // void * type
367 VoidPtrTy = getPointerType(VoidTy);
Sebastian Redl6e8ed162009-05-10 18:38:11 +0000368
369 // nullptr type (C++0x 2.14.7)
370 InitBuiltinType(NullPtrTy, BuiltinType::NullPtr);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000371}
372
Argyrios Kyrtzidis78a916e2010-09-22 14:32:24 +0000373Diagnostic &ASTContext::getDiagnostics() const {
374 return SourceMgr.getDiagnostics();
375}
376
Douglas Gregor63200642010-08-30 16:49:28 +0000377AttrVec& ASTContext::getDeclAttrs(const Decl *D) {
378 AttrVec *&Result = DeclAttrs[D];
379 if (!Result) {
380 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(AttrVec));
381 Result = new (Mem) AttrVec;
382 }
383
384 return *Result;
385}
386
387/// \brief Erase the attributes corresponding to the given declaration.
388void ASTContext::eraseDeclAttrs(const Decl *D) {
389 llvm::DenseMap<const Decl*, AttrVec*>::iterator Pos = DeclAttrs.find(D);
390 if (Pos != DeclAttrs.end()) {
391 Pos->second->~AttrVec();
392 DeclAttrs.erase(Pos);
393 }
394}
395
396
Douglas Gregor251b4ff2009-10-08 07:24:58 +0000397MemberSpecializationInfo *
Douglas Gregor663b5a02009-10-14 20:14:33 +0000398ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember(const VarDecl *Var) {
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000399 assert(Var->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member");
Douglas Gregor663b5a02009-10-14 20:14:33 +0000400 llvm::DenseMap<const VarDecl *, MemberSpecializationInfo *>::iterator Pos
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000401 = InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember.find(Var);
402 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember.end())
403 return 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000404
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000405 return Pos->second;
406}
407
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000408void
Douglas Gregor251b4ff2009-10-08 07:24:58 +0000409ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember(VarDecl *Inst, VarDecl *Tmpl,
Argyrios Kyrtzidis9421adc2010-07-04 21:44:00 +0000410 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK,
411 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation) {
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000412 assert(Inst->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member");
413 assert(Tmpl->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member");
414 assert(!InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember[Inst] &&
415 "Already noted what static data member was instantiated from");
Douglas Gregor251b4ff2009-10-08 07:24:58 +0000416 InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember[Inst]
Argyrios Kyrtzidis9421adc2010-07-04 21:44:00 +0000417 = new (*this) MemberSpecializationInfo(Tmpl, TSK, PointOfInstantiation);
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000418}
419
John McCall7ba107a2009-11-18 02:36:19 +0000420NamedDecl *
John McCalled976492009-12-04 22:46:56 +0000421ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UUD) {
John McCall7ba107a2009-11-18 02:36:19 +0000422 llvm::DenseMap<UsingDecl *, NamedDecl *>::const_iterator Pos
John McCalled976492009-12-04 22:46:56 +0000423 = InstantiatedFromUsingDecl.find(UUD);
424 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUsingDecl.end())
Anders Carlsson0d8df782009-08-29 19:37:28 +0000425 return 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000426
Anders Carlsson0d8df782009-08-29 19:37:28 +0000427 return Pos->second;
428}
429
430void
John McCalled976492009-12-04 22:46:56 +0000431ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUsingDecl(UsingDecl *Inst, NamedDecl *Pattern) {
432 assert((isa<UsingDecl>(Pattern) ||
433 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(Pattern) ||
434 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(Pattern)) &&
435 "pattern decl is not a using decl");
436 assert(!InstantiatedFromUsingDecl[Inst] && "pattern already exists");
437 InstantiatedFromUsingDecl[Inst] = Pattern;
438}
439
440UsingShadowDecl *
441ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl(UsingShadowDecl *Inst) {
442 llvm::DenseMap<UsingShadowDecl*, UsingShadowDecl*>::const_iterator Pos
443 = InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl.find(Inst);
444 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl.end())
445 return 0;
446
447 return Pos->second;
448}
449
450void
451ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl(UsingShadowDecl *Inst,
452 UsingShadowDecl *Pattern) {
453 assert(!InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl[Inst] && "pattern already exists");
454 InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl[Inst] = Pattern;
Anders Carlsson0d8df782009-08-29 19:37:28 +0000455}
456
Anders Carlssond8b285f2009-09-01 04:26:58 +0000457FieldDecl *ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl(FieldDecl *Field) {
458 llvm::DenseMap<FieldDecl *, FieldDecl *>::iterator Pos
459 = InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl.find(Field);
460 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl.end())
461 return 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000462
Anders Carlssond8b285f2009-09-01 04:26:58 +0000463 return Pos->second;
464}
465
466void ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl(FieldDecl *Inst,
467 FieldDecl *Tmpl) {
468 assert(!Inst->getDeclName() && "Instantiated field decl is not unnamed");
469 assert(!Tmpl->getDeclName() && "Template field decl is not unnamed");
470 assert(!InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl[Inst] &&
471 "Already noted what unnamed field was instantiated from");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000472
Anders Carlssond8b285f2009-09-01 04:26:58 +0000473 InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl[Inst] = Tmpl;
474}
475
Douglas Gregor7d10b7e2010-03-02 23:58:15 +0000476ASTContext::overridden_cxx_method_iterator
477ASTContext::overridden_methods_begin(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const {
478 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos
479 = OverriddenMethods.find(Method);
480 if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end())
481 return 0;
482
483 return Pos->second.begin();
484}
485
486ASTContext::overridden_cxx_method_iterator
487ASTContext::overridden_methods_end(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const {
488 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos
489 = OverriddenMethods.find(Method);
490 if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end())
491 return 0;
492
493 return Pos->second.end();
494}
495
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc91e9f42010-07-04 21:44:35 +0000496unsigned
497ASTContext::overridden_methods_size(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const {
498 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos
499 = OverriddenMethods.find(Method);
500 if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end())
501 return 0;
502
503 return Pos->second.size();
504}
505
Douglas Gregor7d10b7e2010-03-02 23:58:15 +0000506void ASTContext::addOverriddenMethod(const CXXMethodDecl *Method,
507 const CXXMethodDecl *Overridden) {
508 OverriddenMethods[Method].push_back(Overridden);
509}
510
Chris Lattner464175b2007-07-18 17:52:12 +0000511//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
512// Type Sizing and Analysis
513//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000514
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +0000515/// getFloatTypeSemantics - Return the APFloat 'semantics' for the specified
516/// scalar floating point type.
517const llvm::fltSemantics &ASTContext::getFloatTypeSemantics(QualType T) const {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000518 const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>();
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +0000519 assert(BT && "Not a floating point type!");
520 switch (BT->getKind()) {
521 default: assert(0 && "Not a floating point type!");
522 case BuiltinType::Float: return Target.getFloatFormat();
523 case BuiltinType::Double: return Target.getDoubleFormat();
524 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return Target.getLongDoubleFormat();
525 }
526}
527
Ken Dyck8b752f12010-01-27 17:10:57 +0000528/// getDeclAlign - Return a conservative estimate of the alignment of the
Chris Lattneraf707ab2009-01-24 21:53:27 +0000529/// specified decl. Note that bitfields do not have a valid alignment, so
530/// this method will assert on them.
Sebastian Redl5d484e82009-11-23 17:18:46 +0000531/// If @p RefAsPointee, references are treated like their underlying type
532/// (for alignof), else they're treated like pointers (for CodeGen).
Ken Dyck8b752f12010-01-27 17:10:57 +0000533CharUnits ASTContext::getDeclAlign(const Decl *D, bool RefAsPointee) {
Eli Friedmandcdafb62009-02-22 02:56:25 +0000534 unsigned Align = Target.getCharWidth();
535
John McCall4081a5c2010-10-08 18:24:19 +0000536 bool UseAlignAttrOnly = false;
537 if (unsigned AlignFromAttr = D->getMaxAlignment()) {
538 Align = AlignFromAttr;
Eli Friedmandcdafb62009-02-22 02:56:25 +0000539
John McCall4081a5c2010-10-08 18:24:19 +0000540 // __attribute__((aligned)) can increase or decrease alignment
541 // *except* on a struct or struct member, where it only increases
542 // alignment unless 'packed' is also specified.
543 //
544 // It is an error for [[align]] to decrease alignment, so we can
545 // ignore that possibility; Sema should diagnose it.
546 if (isa<FieldDecl>(D)) {
547 UseAlignAttrOnly = D->hasAttr<PackedAttr>() ||
548 cast<FieldDecl>(D)->getParent()->hasAttr<PackedAttr>();
549 } else {
550 UseAlignAttrOnly = true;
551 }
552 }
553
554 if (UseAlignAttrOnly) {
555 // ignore type of value
556 } else if (const ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D)) {
Chris Lattneraf707ab2009-01-24 21:53:27 +0000557 QualType T = VD->getType();
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000558 if (const ReferenceType* RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) {
Sebastian Redl5d484e82009-11-23 17:18:46 +0000559 if (RefAsPointee)
560 T = RT->getPointeeType();
561 else
562 T = getPointerType(RT->getPointeeType());
563 }
564 if (!T->isIncompleteType() && !T->isFunctionType()) {
Rafael Espindola6deecb02010-06-04 23:15:27 +0000565 unsigned MinWidth = Target.getLargeArrayMinWidth();
566 unsigned ArrayAlign = Target.getLargeArrayAlign();
567 if (isa<VariableArrayType>(T) && MinWidth != 0)
568 Align = std::max(Align, ArrayAlign);
569 if (ConstantArrayType *CT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(T)) {
570 unsigned Size = getTypeSize(CT);
571 if (MinWidth != 0 && MinWidth <= Size)
572 Align = std::max(Align, ArrayAlign);
573 }
Anders Carlsson4cc2cfd2009-04-10 04:47:03 +0000574 // Incomplete or function types default to 1.
Eli Friedmandcdafb62009-02-22 02:56:25 +0000575 while (isa<VariableArrayType>(T) || isa<IncompleteArrayType>(T))
576 T = cast<ArrayType>(T)->getElementType();
577
578 Align = std::max(Align, getPreferredTypeAlign(T.getTypePtr()));
579 }
Charles Davis05f62472010-02-23 04:52:00 +0000580 if (const FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(VD)) {
581 // In the case of a field in a packed struct, we want the minimum
582 // of the alignment of the field and the alignment of the struct.
583 Align = std::min(Align,
584 getPreferredTypeAlign(FD->getParent()->getTypeForDecl()));
585 }
Chris Lattneraf707ab2009-01-24 21:53:27 +0000586 }
Eli Friedmandcdafb62009-02-22 02:56:25 +0000587
Ken Dyck8b752f12010-01-27 17:10:57 +0000588 return CharUnits::fromQuantity(Align / Target.getCharWidth());
Chris Lattneraf707ab2009-01-24 21:53:27 +0000589}
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +0000590
John McCallea1471e2010-05-20 01:18:31 +0000591std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits>
592ASTContext::getTypeInfoInChars(const Type *T) {
593 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info = getTypeInfo(T);
594 return std::make_pair(CharUnits::fromQuantity(Info.first / getCharWidth()),
595 CharUnits::fromQuantity(Info.second / getCharWidth()));
596}
597
598std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits>
599ASTContext::getTypeInfoInChars(QualType T) {
600 return getTypeInfoInChars(T.getTypePtr());
601}
602
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000603/// getTypeSize - Return the size of the specified type, in bits. This method
604/// does not work on incomplete types.
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000605///
606/// FIXME: Pointers into different addr spaces could have different sizes and
607/// alignment requirements: getPointerInfo should take an AddrSpace, this
608/// should take a QualType, &c.
Chris Lattnerd2d2a112007-07-14 01:29:45 +0000609std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned>
Daniel Dunbar1d751182008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000610ASTContext::getTypeInfo(const Type *T) {
Mike Stump5e301002009-02-27 18:32:39 +0000611 uint64_t Width=0;
612 unsigned Align=8;
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000613 switch (T->getTypeClass()) {
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000614#define TYPE(Class, Base)
615#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base)
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000616#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base)
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000617#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
618#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000619 assert(false && "Should not see dependent types");
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000620 break;
621
Chris Lattner692233e2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000622 case Type::FunctionNoProto:
623 case Type::FunctionProto:
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000624 // GCC extension: alignof(function) = 32 bits
625 Width = 0;
626 Align = 32;
627 break;
628
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000629 case Type::IncompleteArray:
Steve Narofffb22d962007-08-30 01:06:46 +0000630 case Type::VariableArray:
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000631 Width = 0;
632 Align = getTypeAlign(cast<ArrayType>(T)->getElementType());
633 break;
634
Steve Narofffb22d962007-08-30 01:06:46 +0000635 case Type::ConstantArray: {
Daniel Dunbar1d751182008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000636 const ConstantArrayType *CAT = cast<ConstantArrayType>(T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000637
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +0000638 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo = getTypeInfo(CAT->getElementType());
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000639 Width = EltInfo.first*CAT->getSize().getZExtValue();
Chris Lattner030d8842007-07-19 22:06:24 +0000640 Align = EltInfo.second;
641 break;
Christopher Lamb5c09a022007-12-29 05:10:55 +0000642 }
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +0000643 case Type::ExtVector:
Chris Lattner030d8842007-07-19 22:06:24 +0000644 case Type::Vector: {
Chris Lattner9fcfe922009-10-22 05:17:15 +0000645 const VectorType *VT = cast<VectorType>(T);
646 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo = getTypeInfo(VT->getElementType());
647 Width = EltInfo.first*VT->getNumElements();
Eli Friedman4bd998b2008-05-30 09:31:38 +0000648 Align = Width;
Nate Begeman6fe7c8a2009-01-18 06:42:49 +0000649 // If the alignment is not a power of 2, round up to the next power of 2.
650 // This happens for non-power-of-2 length vectors.
Dan Gohman8eefcd32010-04-21 23:32:43 +0000651 if (Align & (Align-1)) {
Chris Lattner9fcfe922009-10-22 05:17:15 +0000652 Align = llvm::NextPowerOf2(Align);
653 Width = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Width, Align);
654 }
Chris Lattner030d8842007-07-19 22:06:24 +0000655 break;
656 }
Chris Lattner5d2a6302007-07-18 18:26:58 +0000657
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000658 case Type::Builtin:
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000659 switch (cast<BuiltinType>(T)->getKind()) {
Chris Lattner692233e2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000660 default: assert(0 && "Unknown builtin type!");
Chris Lattnerd2d2a112007-07-14 01:29:45 +0000661 case BuiltinType::Void:
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000662 // GCC extension: alignof(void) = 8 bits.
663 Width = 0;
664 Align = 8;
665 break;
666
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000667 case BuiltinType::Bool:
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000668 Width = Target.getBoolWidth();
669 Align = Target.getBoolAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000670 break;
Chris Lattner692233e2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000671 case BuiltinType::Char_S:
672 case BuiltinType::Char_U:
673 case BuiltinType::UChar:
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000674 case BuiltinType::SChar:
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000675 Width = Target.getCharWidth();
676 Align = Target.getCharAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000677 break;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis64c438a2008-08-09 16:51:54 +0000678 case BuiltinType::WChar:
679 Width = Target.getWCharWidth();
680 Align = Target.getWCharAlign();
681 break;
Alisdair Meredithf5c209d2009-07-14 06:30:34 +0000682 case BuiltinType::Char16:
683 Width = Target.getChar16Width();
684 Align = Target.getChar16Align();
685 break;
686 case BuiltinType::Char32:
687 Width = Target.getChar32Width();
688 Align = Target.getChar32Align();
689 break;
Chris Lattner692233e2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000690 case BuiltinType::UShort:
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000691 case BuiltinType::Short:
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000692 Width = Target.getShortWidth();
693 Align = Target.getShortAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000694 break;
Chris Lattner692233e2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000695 case BuiltinType::UInt:
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000696 case BuiltinType::Int:
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000697 Width = Target.getIntWidth();
698 Align = Target.getIntAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000699 break;
Chris Lattner692233e2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000700 case BuiltinType::ULong:
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000701 case BuiltinType::Long:
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000702 Width = Target.getLongWidth();
703 Align = Target.getLongAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000704 break;
Chris Lattner692233e2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000705 case BuiltinType::ULongLong:
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000706 case BuiltinType::LongLong:
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000707 Width = Target.getLongLongWidth();
708 Align = Target.getLongLongAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000709 break;
Chris Lattnerec16cb92009-04-30 02:55:13 +0000710 case BuiltinType::Int128:
711 case BuiltinType::UInt128:
712 Width = 128;
713 Align = 128; // int128_t is 128-bit aligned on all targets.
714 break;
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000715 case BuiltinType::Float:
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000716 Width = Target.getFloatWidth();
717 Align = Target.getFloatAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000718 break;
719 case BuiltinType::Double:
Chris Lattner5426bf62008-04-07 07:01:58 +0000720 Width = Target.getDoubleWidth();
721 Align = Target.getDoubleAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000722 break;
723 case BuiltinType::LongDouble:
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000724 Width = Target.getLongDoubleWidth();
725 Align = Target.getLongDoubleAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000726 break;
Sebastian Redl6e8ed162009-05-10 18:38:11 +0000727 case BuiltinType::NullPtr:
728 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(0); // C++ 3.9.1p11: sizeof(nullptr_t)
729 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(0); // == sizeof(void*)
Sebastian Redl1590d9c2009-05-27 19:34:06 +0000730 break;
Fariborz Jahaniane04f5fc2010-08-02 18:03:20 +0000731 case BuiltinType::ObjCId:
732 case BuiltinType::ObjCClass:
733 case BuiltinType::ObjCSel:
734 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(0);
735 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(0);
736 break;
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000737 }
Chris Lattnerbfef6d72007-07-15 23:46:53 +0000738 break;
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +0000739 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer:
Chris Lattner5426bf62008-04-07 07:01:58 +0000740 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(0);
Chris Lattnerf72a4432008-03-08 08:34:58 +0000741 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(0);
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000742 break;
Steve Naroff485eeff2008-09-24 15:05:44 +0000743 case Type::BlockPointer: {
744 unsigned AS = cast<BlockPointerType>(T)->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace();
745 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(AS);
746 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(AS);
747 break;
748 }
Sebastian Redl5d484e82009-11-23 17:18:46 +0000749 case Type::LValueReference:
750 case Type::RValueReference: {
751 // alignof and sizeof should never enter this code path here, so we go
752 // the pointer route.
753 unsigned AS = cast<ReferenceType>(T)->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace();
754 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(AS);
755 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(AS);
756 break;
757 }
Chris Lattnerf72a4432008-03-08 08:34:58 +0000758 case Type::Pointer: {
759 unsigned AS = cast<PointerType>(T)->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace();
Chris Lattner5426bf62008-04-07 07:01:58 +0000760 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(AS);
Chris Lattnerf72a4432008-03-08 08:34:58 +0000761 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(AS);
762 break;
763 }
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +0000764 case Type::MemberPointer: {
Charles Davis071cc7d2010-08-16 03:33:14 +0000765 const MemberPointerType *MPT = cast<MemberPointerType>(T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000766 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> PtrDiffInfo =
Anders Carlsson1cca74e2009-05-17 02:06:04 +0000767 getTypeInfo(getPointerDiffType());
Charles Davis071cc7d2010-08-16 03:33:14 +0000768 Width = PtrDiffInfo.first * ABI->getMemberPointerSize(MPT);
Anders Carlsson1cca74e2009-05-17 02:06:04 +0000769 Align = PtrDiffInfo.second;
770 break;
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +0000771 }
Chris Lattner5d2a6302007-07-18 18:26:58 +0000772 case Type::Complex: {
773 // Complex types have the same alignment as their elements, but twice the
774 // size.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000775 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo =
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +0000776 getTypeInfo(cast<ComplexType>(T)->getElementType());
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000777 Width = EltInfo.first*2;
Chris Lattner5d2a6302007-07-18 18:26:58 +0000778 Align = EltInfo.second;
779 break;
780 }
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +0000781 case Type::ObjCObject:
782 return getTypeInfo(cast<ObjCObjectType>(T)->getBaseType().getTypePtr());
Devang Patel44a3dde2008-06-04 21:54:36 +0000783 case Type::ObjCInterface: {
Daniel Dunbar1d751182008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000784 const ObjCInterfaceType *ObjCI = cast<ObjCInterfaceType>(T);
Devang Patel44a3dde2008-06-04 21:54:36 +0000785 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getASTObjCInterfaceLayout(ObjCI->getDecl());
786 Width = Layout.getSize();
787 Align = Layout.getAlignment();
788 break;
789 }
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000790 case Type::Record:
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000791 case Type::Enum: {
Daniel Dunbar1d751182008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000792 const TagType *TT = cast<TagType>(T);
793
794 if (TT->getDecl()->isInvalidDecl()) {
Chris Lattner8389eab2008-08-09 21:35:13 +0000795 Width = 1;
796 Align = 1;
797 break;
798 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000799
Daniel Dunbar1d751182008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000800 if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(TT))
Chris Lattner71763312008-04-06 22:05:18 +0000801 return getTypeInfo(ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType());
802
Daniel Dunbar1d751182008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000803 const RecordType *RT = cast<RecordType>(TT);
Chris Lattner71763312008-04-06 22:05:18 +0000804 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getASTRecordLayout(RT->getDecl());
805 Width = Layout.getSize();
806 Align = Layout.getAlignment();
Chris Lattnerdc0d73e2007-07-23 22:46:22 +0000807 break;
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000808 }
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +0000809
Chris Lattner9fcfe922009-10-22 05:17:15 +0000810 case Type::SubstTemplateTypeParm:
John McCall49a832b2009-10-18 09:09:24 +0000811 return getTypeInfo(cast<SubstTemplateTypeParmType>(T)->
812 getReplacementType().getTypePtr());
John McCall49a832b2009-10-18 09:09:24 +0000813
Abramo Bagnara075f8f12010-12-10 16:29:40 +0000814 case Type::Paren:
815 return getTypeInfo(cast<ParenType>(T)->getInnerType().getTypePtr());
816
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000817 case Type::Typedef: {
818 const TypedefDecl *Typedef = cast<TypedefType>(T)->getDecl();
Douglas Gregordf1367a2010-08-27 00:11:28 +0000819 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info
820 = getTypeInfo(Typedef->getUnderlyingType().getTypePtr());
821 Align = std::max(Typedef->getMaxAlignment(), Info.second);
822 Width = Info.first;
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +0000823 break;
Chris Lattner71763312008-04-06 22:05:18 +0000824 }
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000825
826 case Type::TypeOfExpr:
827 return getTypeInfo(cast<TypeOfExprType>(T)->getUnderlyingExpr()->getType()
828 .getTypePtr());
829
830 case Type::TypeOf:
831 return getTypeInfo(cast<TypeOfType>(T)->getUnderlyingType().getTypePtr());
832
Anders Carlsson395b4752009-06-24 19:06:50 +0000833 case Type::Decltype:
834 return getTypeInfo(cast<DecltypeType>(T)->getUnderlyingExpr()->getType()
835 .getTypePtr());
836
Abramo Bagnara465d41b2010-05-11 21:36:43 +0000837 case Type::Elaborated:
838 return getTypeInfo(cast<ElaboratedType>(T)->getNamedType().getTypePtr());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000839
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000840 case Type::TemplateSpecialization:
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000841 assert(getCanonicalType(T) != T &&
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000842 "Cannot request the size of a dependent type");
843 // FIXME: this is likely to be wrong once we support template
844 // aliases, since a template alias could refer to a typedef that
845 // has an __aligned__ attribute on it.
846 return getTypeInfo(getCanonicalType(T));
847 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000848
Chris Lattner464175b2007-07-18 17:52:12 +0000849 assert(Align && (Align & (Align-1)) == 0 && "Alignment must be power of 2");
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000850 return std::make_pair(Width, Align);
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000851}
852
Ken Dyckbdc601b2009-12-22 14:23:30 +0000853/// getTypeSizeInChars - Return the size of the specified type, in characters.
854/// This method does not work on incomplete types.
855CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeSizeInChars(QualType T) {
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +0000856 return CharUnits::fromQuantity(getTypeSize(T) / getCharWidth());
Ken Dyckbdc601b2009-12-22 14:23:30 +0000857}
858CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeSizeInChars(const Type *T) {
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +0000859 return CharUnits::fromQuantity(getTypeSize(T) / getCharWidth());
Ken Dyckbdc601b2009-12-22 14:23:30 +0000860}
861
Ken Dyck16e20cc2010-01-26 17:25:18 +0000862/// getTypeAlignInChars - Return the ABI-specified alignment of a type, in
Ken Dyck86fa4312010-01-26 17:22:55 +0000863/// characters. This method does not work on incomplete types.
864CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeAlignInChars(QualType T) {
865 return CharUnits::fromQuantity(getTypeAlign(T) / getCharWidth());
866}
867CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeAlignInChars(const Type *T) {
868 return CharUnits::fromQuantity(getTypeAlign(T) / getCharWidth());
869}
870
Chris Lattner34ebde42009-01-27 18:08:34 +0000871/// getPreferredTypeAlign - Return the "preferred" alignment of the specified
872/// type for the current target in bits. This can be different than the ABI
873/// alignment in cases where it is beneficial for performance to overalign
874/// a data type.
875unsigned ASTContext::getPreferredTypeAlign(const Type *T) {
876 unsigned ABIAlign = getTypeAlign(T);
Eli Friedman1eed6022009-05-25 21:27:19 +0000877
878 // Double and long long should be naturally aligned if possible.
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000879 if (const ComplexType* CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>())
Eli Friedman1eed6022009-05-25 21:27:19 +0000880 T = CT->getElementType().getTypePtr();
881 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double) ||
882 T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::LongLong))
883 return std::max(ABIAlign, (unsigned)getTypeSize(T));
884
Chris Lattner34ebde42009-01-27 18:08:34 +0000885 return ABIAlign;
886}
887
Fariborz Jahanian8e6ac1d2009-06-04 01:19:09 +0000888/// ShallowCollectObjCIvars -
889/// Collect all ivars, including those synthesized, in the current class.
890///
891void ASTContext::ShallowCollectObjCIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI,
Fariborz Jahanian11062e12010-02-19 00:31:17 +0000892 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars) {
Fariborz Jahanian2c18bb72010-08-20 21:21:08 +0000893 // FIXME. This need be removed but there are two many places which
894 // assume const-ness of ObjCInterfaceDecl
895 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = const_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl *>(OI);
896 for (ObjCIvarDecl *Iv = IDecl->all_declared_ivar_begin(); Iv;
897 Iv= Iv->getNextIvar())
898 Ivars.push_back(Iv);
Fariborz Jahanian8e6ac1d2009-06-04 01:19:09 +0000899}
900
Fariborz Jahanian2c18bb72010-08-20 21:21:08 +0000901/// DeepCollectObjCIvars -
902/// This routine first collects all declared, but not synthesized, ivars in
903/// super class and then collects all ivars, including those synthesized for
904/// current class. This routine is used for implementation of current class
905/// when all ivars, declared and synthesized are known.
Fariborz Jahanian98200742009-05-12 18:14:29 +0000906///
Fariborz Jahanian2c18bb72010-08-20 21:21:08 +0000907void ASTContext::DeepCollectObjCIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI,
908 bool leafClass,
Fariborz Jahanian98200742009-05-12 18:14:29 +0000909 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars) {
Fariborz Jahanian2c18bb72010-08-20 21:21:08 +0000910 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *SuperClass = OI->getSuperClass())
911 DeepCollectObjCIvars(SuperClass, false, Ivars);
912 if (!leafClass) {
913 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::ivar_iterator I = OI->ivar_begin(),
914 E = OI->ivar_end(); I != E; ++I)
Fariborz Jahanian11062e12010-02-19 00:31:17 +0000915 Ivars.push_back(*I);
916 }
Fariborz Jahanian2c18bb72010-08-20 21:21:08 +0000917 else
918 ShallowCollectObjCIvars(OI, Ivars);
Fariborz Jahanian98200742009-05-12 18:14:29 +0000919}
920
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +0000921/// CollectInheritedProtocols - Collect all protocols in current class and
922/// those inherited by it.
923void ASTContext::CollectInheritedProtocols(const Decl *CDecl,
Fariborz Jahanian432a8892010-02-12 19:27:33 +0000924 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*, 8> &Protocols) {
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +0000925 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CDecl)) {
Ted Kremenek53b94412010-09-01 01:21:15 +0000926 // We can use protocol_iterator here instead of
927 // all_referenced_protocol_iterator since we are walking all categories.
928 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::all_protocol_iterator P = OI->all_referenced_protocol_begin(),
929 PE = OI->all_referenced_protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) {
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +0000930 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P);
Fariborz Jahanian432a8892010-02-12 19:27:33 +0000931 Protocols.insert(Proto);
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +0000932 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(),
Fariborz Jahanianb2f81212010-02-25 18:24:33 +0000933 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) {
934 Protocols.insert(*P);
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +0000935 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols);
936 }
Fariborz Jahanianb2f81212010-02-25 18:24:33 +0000937 }
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +0000938
939 // Categories of this Interface.
940 for (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CDeclChain = OI->getCategoryList();
941 CDeclChain; CDeclChain = CDeclChain->getNextClassCategory())
942 CollectInheritedProtocols(CDeclChain, Protocols);
943 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *SD = OI->getSuperClass())
944 while (SD) {
945 CollectInheritedProtocols(SD, Protocols);
946 SD = SD->getSuperClass();
947 }
Benjamin Kramerb170ca52010-04-27 17:47:25 +0000948 } else if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *OC = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CDecl)) {
Ted Kremenek53b94412010-09-01 01:21:15 +0000949 for (ObjCCategoryDecl::protocol_iterator P = OC->protocol_begin(),
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +0000950 PE = OC->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) {
951 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P);
Fariborz Jahanian432a8892010-02-12 19:27:33 +0000952 Protocols.insert(Proto);
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +0000953 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(),
954 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P)
955 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols);
956 }
Benjamin Kramerb170ca52010-04-27 17:47:25 +0000957 } else if (const ObjCProtocolDecl *OP = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(CDecl)) {
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +0000958 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = OP->protocol_begin(),
959 PE = OP->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) {
960 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P);
Fariborz Jahanian432a8892010-02-12 19:27:33 +0000961 Protocols.insert(Proto);
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +0000962 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(),
963 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P)
964 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols);
965 }
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +0000966 }
967}
968
Fariborz Jahanian3bfacdf2010-03-22 18:25:57 +0000969unsigned ASTContext::CountNonClassIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI) {
970 unsigned count = 0;
971 // Count ivars declared in class extension.
Fariborz Jahanian80aa1cd2010-06-22 23:20:40 +0000972 for (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = OI->getFirstClassExtension(); CDecl;
973 CDecl = CDecl->getNextClassExtension())
Benjamin Kramerb170ca52010-04-27 17:47:25 +0000974 count += CDecl->ivar_size();
975
Fariborz Jahanian3bfacdf2010-03-22 18:25:57 +0000976 // Count ivar defined in this class's implementation. This
977 // includes synthesized ivars.
978 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplDecl = OI->getImplementation())
Benjamin Kramerb170ca52010-04-27 17:47:25 +0000979 count += ImplDecl->ivar_size();
980
Fariborz Jahanian8e6ac1d2009-06-04 01:19:09 +0000981 return count;
982}
983
Argyrios Kyrtzidis8a1d7222009-07-21 00:05:53 +0000984/// \brief Get the implementation of ObjCInterfaceDecl,or NULL if none exists.
985ObjCImplementationDecl *ASTContext::getObjCImplementation(ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) {
986 llvm::DenseMap<ObjCContainerDecl*, ObjCImplDecl*>::iterator
987 I = ObjCImpls.find(D);
988 if (I != ObjCImpls.end())
989 return cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(I->second);
990 return 0;
991}
992/// \brief Get the implementation of ObjCCategoryDecl, or NULL if none exists.
993ObjCCategoryImplDecl *ASTContext::getObjCImplementation(ObjCCategoryDecl *D) {
994 llvm::DenseMap<ObjCContainerDecl*, ObjCImplDecl*>::iterator
995 I = ObjCImpls.find(D);
996 if (I != ObjCImpls.end())
997 return cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(I->second);
998 return 0;
999}
1000
1001/// \brief Set the implementation of ObjCInterfaceDecl.
1002void ASTContext::setObjCImplementation(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFaceD,
1003 ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplD) {
1004 assert(IFaceD && ImplD && "Passed null params");
1005 ObjCImpls[IFaceD] = ImplD;
1006}
1007/// \brief Set the implementation of ObjCCategoryDecl.
1008void ASTContext::setObjCImplementation(ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD,
1009 ObjCCategoryImplDecl *ImplD) {
1010 assert(CatD && ImplD && "Passed null params");
1011 ObjCImpls[CatD] = ImplD;
1012}
1013
Fariborz Jahanian1ceee5c2010-12-01 22:29:46 +00001014/// \brief Get the copy initialization expression of VarDecl,or NULL if
1015/// none exists.
Fariborz Jahanian830937b2010-12-02 17:02:11 +00001016Expr *ASTContext::getBlockVarCopyInits(const VarDecl*VD) {
Fariborz Jahaniand016ec22010-12-06 17:28:17 +00001017 assert(VD && "Passed null params");
1018 assert(VD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>() &&
1019 "getBlockVarCopyInits - not __block var");
Fariborz Jahanian830937b2010-12-02 17:02:11 +00001020 llvm::DenseMap<const VarDecl*, Expr*>::iterator
Fariborz Jahaniand016ec22010-12-06 17:28:17 +00001021 I = BlockVarCopyInits.find(VD);
Fariborz Jahanian1ceee5c2010-12-01 22:29:46 +00001022 return (I != BlockVarCopyInits.end()) ? cast<Expr>(I->second) : 0;
1023}
1024
1025/// \brief Set the copy inialization expression of a block var decl.
1026void ASTContext::setBlockVarCopyInits(VarDecl*VD, Expr* Init) {
1027 assert(VD && Init && "Passed null params");
Fariborz Jahaniand016ec22010-12-06 17:28:17 +00001028 assert(VD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>() &&
1029 "setBlockVarCopyInits - not __block var");
Fariborz Jahanian1ceee5c2010-12-01 22:29:46 +00001030 BlockVarCopyInits[VD] = Init;
1031}
1032
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001033/// \brief Allocate an uninitialized TypeSourceInfo.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb17166c2009-08-19 01:27:32 +00001034///
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001035/// The caller should initialize the memory held by TypeSourceInfo using
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb17166c2009-08-19 01:27:32 +00001036/// the TypeLoc wrappers.
1037///
1038/// \param T the type that will be the basis for type source info. This type
1039/// should refer to how the declarator was written in source code, not to
1040/// what type semantic analysis resolved the declarator to.
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001041TypeSourceInfo *ASTContext::CreateTypeSourceInfo(QualType T,
John McCall109de5e2009-10-21 00:23:54 +00001042 unsigned DataSize) {
1043 if (!DataSize)
1044 DataSize = TypeLoc::getFullDataSizeForType(T);
1045 else
1046 assert(DataSize == TypeLoc::getFullDataSizeForType(T) &&
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001047 "incorrect data size provided to CreateTypeSourceInfo!");
John McCall109de5e2009-10-21 00:23:54 +00001048
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001049 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo =
1050 (TypeSourceInfo*)BumpAlloc.Allocate(sizeof(TypeSourceInfo) + DataSize, 8);
1051 new (TInfo) TypeSourceInfo(T);
1052 return TInfo;
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb17166c2009-08-19 01:27:32 +00001053}
1054
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001055TypeSourceInfo *ASTContext::getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(QualType T,
John McCalla4eb74d2009-10-23 21:14:09 +00001056 SourceLocation L) {
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001057 TypeSourceInfo *DI = CreateTypeSourceInfo(T);
John McCalla4eb74d2009-10-23 21:14:09 +00001058 DI->getTypeLoc().initialize(L);
1059 return DI;
1060}
1061
Daniel Dunbarb2dbbb92009-05-03 10:38:35 +00001062const ASTRecordLayout &
1063ASTContext::getASTObjCInterfaceLayout(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) {
1064 return getObjCLayout(D, 0);
1065}
1066
1067const ASTRecordLayout &
1068ASTContext::getASTObjCImplementationLayout(const ObjCImplementationDecl *D) {
1069 return getObjCLayout(D->getClassInterface(), D);
1070}
1071
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +00001072//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1073// Type creation/memoization methods
1074//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1075
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001076QualType ASTContext::getExtQualType(const Type *TypeNode, Qualifiers Quals) {
1077 unsigned Fast = Quals.getFastQualifiers();
1078 Quals.removeFastQualifiers();
1079
1080 // Check if we've already instantiated this type.
1081 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1082 ExtQuals::Profile(ID, TypeNode, Quals);
1083 void *InsertPos = 0;
1084 if (ExtQuals *EQ = ExtQualNodes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) {
1085 assert(EQ->getQualifiers() == Quals);
1086 QualType T = QualType(EQ, Fast);
1087 return T;
1088 }
1089
John McCall49f4e1c2010-12-10 11:01:00 +00001090 ExtQuals *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) ExtQuals(TypeNode, Quals);
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001091 ExtQualNodes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1092 QualType T = QualType(New, Fast);
1093 return T;
1094}
1095
Fariborz Jahanianf11284a2009-02-17 18:27:45 +00001096QualType ASTContext::getAddrSpaceQualType(QualType T, unsigned AddressSpace) {
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001097 QualType CanT = getCanonicalType(T);
1098 if (CanT.getAddressSpace() == AddressSpace)
Chris Lattnerf46699c2008-02-20 20:55:12 +00001099 return T;
Chris Lattnerb7d25532009-02-18 22:53:11 +00001100
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001101 // If we are composing extended qualifiers together, merge together
1102 // into one ExtQuals node.
1103 QualifierCollector Quals;
1104 const Type *TypeNode = Quals.strip(T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001105
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001106 // If this type already has an address space specified, it cannot get
1107 // another one.
1108 assert(!Quals.hasAddressSpace() &&
1109 "Type cannot be in multiple addr spaces!");
1110 Quals.addAddressSpace(AddressSpace);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001111
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001112 return getExtQualType(TypeNode, Quals);
Christopher Lambebb97e92008-02-04 02:31:56 +00001113}
1114
Chris Lattnerb7d25532009-02-18 22:53:11 +00001115QualType ASTContext::getObjCGCQualType(QualType T,
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001116 Qualifiers::GC GCAttr) {
Fariborz Jahaniand33d9c02009-02-18 05:09:49 +00001117 QualType CanT = getCanonicalType(T);
Chris Lattnerb7d25532009-02-18 22:53:11 +00001118 if (CanT.getObjCGCAttr() == GCAttr)
Fariborz Jahaniand33d9c02009-02-18 05:09:49 +00001119 return T;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001120
Fariborz Jahanian4027cd12009-06-03 17:15:17 +00001121 if (T->isPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001122 QualType Pointee = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00001123 if (Pointee->isAnyPointerType()) {
Fariborz Jahanian4027cd12009-06-03 17:15:17 +00001124 QualType ResultType = getObjCGCQualType(Pointee, GCAttr);
1125 return getPointerType(ResultType);
1126 }
1127 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001128
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001129 // If we are composing extended qualifiers together, merge together
1130 // into one ExtQuals node.
1131 QualifierCollector Quals;
1132 const Type *TypeNode = Quals.strip(T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001133
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001134 // If this type already has an ObjCGC specified, it cannot get
1135 // another one.
1136 assert(!Quals.hasObjCGCAttr() &&
1137 "Type cannot have multiple ObjCGCs!");
1138 Quals.addObjCGCAttr(GCAttr);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001139
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001140 return getExtQualType(TypeNode, Quals);
Fariborz Jahaniand33d9c02009-02-18 05:09:49 +00001141}
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +00001142
Rafael Espindola264ba482010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001143static QualType getExtFunctionType(ASTContext& Context, QualType T,
John McCalle23cf432010-12-14 08:05:40 +00001144 const FunctionType::ExtInfo &Info) {
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001145 QualType ResultType;
Douglas Gregor43c79c22009-12-09 00:47:37 +00001146 if (const PointerType *Pointer = T->getAs<PointerType>()) {
1147 QualType Pointee = Pointer->getPointeeType();
Rafael Espindola264ba482010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001148 ResultType = getExtFunctionType(Context, Pointee, Info);
Douglas Gregor43c79c22009-12-09 00:47:37 +00001149 if (ResultType == Pointee)
1150 return T;
Douglas Gregorab8bbf42010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001151
1152 ResultType = Context.getPointerType(ResultType);
Abramo Bagnara075f8f12010-12-10 16:29:40 +00001153 } else if (const ParenType *Paren = T->getAs<ParenType>()) {
1154 QualType Inner = Paren->getInnerType();
1155 ResultType = getExtFunctionType(Context, Inner, Info);
1156 if (ResultType == Inner)
1157 return T;
1158
1159 ResultType = Context.getParenType(ResultType);
Douglas Gregor43c79c22009-12-09 00:47:37 +00001160 } else if (const BlockPointerType *BlockPointer
1161 = T->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) {
1162 QualType Pointee = BlockPointer->getPointeeType();
Rafael Espindola264ba482010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001163 ResultType = getExtFunctionType(Context, Pointee, Info);
Douglas Gregor43c79c22009-12-09 00:47:37 +00001164 if (ResultType == Pointee)
1165 return T;
Douglas Gregorab8bbf42010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001166
1167 ResultType = Context.getBlockPointerType(ResultType);
Douglas Gregorafac01d2010-09-01 16:29:03 +00001168 } else if (const MemberPointerType *MemberPointer
1169 = T->getAs<MemberPointerType>()) {
1170 QualType Pointee = MemberPointer->getPointeeType();
1171 ResultType = getExtFunctionType(Context, Pointee, Info);
1172 if (ResultType == Pointee)
1173 return T;
1174
1175 ResultType = Context.getMemberPointerType(ResultType,
1176 MemberPointer->getClass());
Douglas Gregorab8bbf42010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001177 } else if (const FunctionType *F = T->getAs<FunctionType>()) {
Rafael Espindola264ba482010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001178 if (F->getExtInfo() == Info)
Douglas Gregor43c79c22009-12-09 00:47:37 +00001179 return T;
Douglas Gregorab8bbf42010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001180
Douglas Gregor43c79c22009-12-09 00:47:37 +00001181 if (const FunctionNoProtoType *FNPT = dyn_cast<FunctionNoProtoType>(F)) {
Douglas Gregorab8bbf42010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001182 ResultType = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(FNPT->getResultType(),
Rafael Espindola264ba482010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001183 Info);
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001184 } else {
Douglas Gregor43c79c22009-12-09 00:47:37 +00001185 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = cast<FunctionProtoType>(F);
John McCalle23cf432010-12-14 08:05:40 +00001186 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo();
1187 EPI.ExtInfo = Info;
1188 ResultType = Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getResultType(),
1189 FPT->arg_type_begin(),
1190 FPT->getNumArgs(), EPI);
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001191 }
Douglas Gregor43c79c22009-12-09 00:47:37 +00001192 } else
1193 return T;
Douglas Gregorab8bbf42010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001194
1195 return Context.getQualifiedType(ResultType, T.getLocalQualifiers());
1196}
1197
1198QualType ASTContext::getNoReturnType(QualType T, bool AddNoReturn) {
Rafael Espindola425ef722010-03-30 22:15:11 +00001199 FunctionType::ExtInfo Info = getFunctionExtInfo(T);
John McCalle23cf432010-12-14 08:05:40 +00001200 return getExtFunctionType(*this, T, Info.withNoReturn(AddNoReturn));
Douglas Gregorab8bbf42010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001201}
1202
1203QualType ASTContext::getCallConvType(QualType T, CallingConv CallConv) {
Rafael Espindola425ef722010-03-30 22:15:11 +00001204 FunctionType::ExtInfo Info = getFunctionExtInfo(T);
John McCalle23cf432010-12-14 08:05:40 +00001205 return getExtFunctionType(*this, T, Info.withCallingConv(CallConv));
Mike Stump24556362009-07-25 21:26:53 +00001206}
1207
Rafael Espindola425ef722010-03-30 22:15:11 +00001208QualType ASTContext::getRegParmType(QualType T, unsigned RegParm) {
1209 FunctionType::ExtInfo Info = getFunctionExtInfo(T);
John McCalle23cf432010-12-14 08:05:40 +00001210 return getExtFunctionType(*this, T, Info.withRegParm(RegParm));
Rafael Espindola425ef722010-03-30 22:15:11 +00001211}
1212
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001213/// getComplexType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a complex
1214/// number with the specified element type.
1215QualType ASTContext::getComplexType(QualType T) {
1216 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1217 // structure.
1218 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1219 ComplexType::Profile(ID, T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001220
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001221 void *InsertPos = 0;
1222 if (ComplexType *CT = ComplexTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1223 return QualType(CT, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001224
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001225 // If the pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
1226 // so fill in the canonical type field.
1227 QualType Canonical;
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001228 if (!T.isCanonical()) {
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001229 Canonical = getComplexType(getCanonicalType(T));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001230
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001231 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1232 ComplexType *NewIP = ComplexTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnerf6e764f2008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001233 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001234 }
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001235 ComplexType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) ComplexType(T, Canonical);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001236 Types.push_back(New);
1237 ComplexTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1238 return QualType(New, 0);
1239}
1240
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001241/// getPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a pointer to
1242/// the specified type.
1243QualType ASTContext::getPointerType(QualType T) {
1244 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1245 // structure.
1246 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1247 PointerType::Profile(ID, T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001248
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001249 void *InsertPos = 0;
1250 if (PointerType *PT = PointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1251 return QualType(PT, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001252
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001253 // If the pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
1254 // so fill in the canonical type field.
1255 QualType Canonical;
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001256 if (!T.isCanonical()) {
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001257 Canonical = getPointerType(getCanonicalType(T));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001258
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001259 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1260 PointerType *NewIP = PointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnerf6e764f2008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001261 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001262 }
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001263 PointerType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) PointerType(T, Canonical);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001264 Types.push_back(New);
1265 PointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1266 return QualType(New, 0);
1267}
1268
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001269/// getBlockPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001270/// a pointer to the specified block.
1271QualType ASTContext::getBlockPointerType(QualType T) {
Steve Naroff296e8d52008-08-28 19:20:44 +00001272 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "block of function types only");
1273 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one block of a particular
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001274 // structure.
1275 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1276 BlockPointerType::Profile(ID, T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001277
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001278 void *InsertPos = 0;
1279 if (BlockPointerType *PT =
1280 BlockPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1281 return QualType(PT, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001282
1283 // If the block pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001284 // type either so fill in the canonical type field.
1285 QualType Canonical;
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001286 if (!T.isCanonical()) {
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001287 Canonical = getBlockPointerType(getCanonicalType(T));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001288
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001289 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1290 BlockPointerType *NewIP =
1291 BlockPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnerf6e764f2008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001292 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001293 }
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001294 BlockPointerType *New
1295 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) BlockPointerType(T, Canonical);
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001296 Types.push_back(New);
1297 BlockPointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1298 return QualType(New, 0);
1299}
1300
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001301/// getLValueReferenceType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for an
1302/// lvalue reference to the specified type.
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001303QualType ASTContext::getLValueReferenceType(QualType T, bool SpelledAsLValue) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001304 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1305 // structure.
1306 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001307 ReferenceType::Profile(ID, T, SpelledAsLValue);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001308
1309 void *InsertPos = 0;
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001310 if (LValueReferenceType *RT =
1311 LValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001312 return QualType(RT, 0);
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001313
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001314 const ReferenceType *InnerRef = T->getAs<ReferenceType>();
1315
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001316 // If the referencee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type
1317 // either, so fill in the canonical type field.
1318 QualType Canonical;
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001319 if (!SpelledAsLValue || InnerRef || !T.isCanonical()) {
1320 QualType PointeeType = (InnerRef ? InnerRef->getPointeeType() : T);
1321 Canonical = getLValueReferenceType(getCanonicalType(PointeeType));
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001322
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001323 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001324 LValueReferenceType *NewIP =
1325 LValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnerf6e764f2008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001326 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001327 }
1328
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001329 LValueReferenceType *New
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001330 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) LValueReferenceType(T, Canonical,
1331 SpelledAsLValue);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001332 Types.push_back(New);
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001333 LValueReferenceTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001334
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001335 return QualType(New, 0);
1336}
1337
1338/// getRValueReferenceType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for an
1339/// rvalue reference to the specified type.
1340QualType ASTContext::getRValueReferenceType(QualType T) {
1341 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1342 // structure.
1343 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001344 ReferenceType::Profile(ID, T, false);
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001345
1346 void *InsertPos = 0;
1347 if (RValueReferenceType *RT =
1348 RValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1349 return QualType(RT, 0);
1350
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001351 const ReferenceType *InnerRef = T->getAs<ReferenceType>();
1352
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001353 // If the referencee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type
1354 // either, so fill in the canonical type field.
1355 QualType Canonical;
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001356 if (InnerRef || !T.isCanonical()) {
1357 QualType PointeeType = (InnerRef ? InnerRef->getPointeeType() : T);
1358 Canonical = getRValueReferenceType(getCanonicalType(PointeeType));
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001359
1360 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1361 RValueReferenceType *NewIP =
1362 RValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1363 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
1364 }
1365
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001366 RValueReferenceType *New
1367 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) RValueReferenceType(T, Canonical);
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001368 Types.push_back(New);
1369 RValueReferenceTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001370 return QualType(New, 0);
1371}
1372
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00001373/// getMemberPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a
1374/// member pointer to the specified type, in the specified class.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001375QualType ASTContext::getMemberPointerType(QualType T, const Type *Cls) {
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00001376 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1377 // structure.
1378 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1379 MemberPointerType::Profile(ID, T, Cls);
1380
1381 void *InsertPos = 0;
1382 if (MemberPointerType *PT =
1383 MemberPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1384 return QualType(PT, 0);
1385
1386 // If the pointee or class type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical
1387 // type either, so fill in the canonical type field.
1388 QualType Canonical;
Douglas Gregor87c12c42009-11-04 16:49:01 +00001389 if (!T.isCanonical() || !Cls->isCanonicalUnqualified()) {
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00001390 Canonical = getMemberPointerType(getCanonicalType(T),getCanonicalType(Cls));
1391
1392 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1393 MemberPointerType *NewIP =
1394 MemberPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1395 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
1396 }
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001397 MemberPointerType *New
1398 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) MemberPointerType(T, Cls, Canonical);
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00001399 Types.push_back(New);
1400 MemberPointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1401 return QualType(New, 0);
1402}
1403
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001404/// getConstantArrayType - Return the unique reference to the type for an
Steve Narofffb22d962007-08-30 01:06:46 +00001405/// array of the specified element type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001406QualType ASTContext::getConstantArrayType(QualType EltTy,
Chris Lattner38aeec72009-05-13 04:12:56 +00001407 const llvm::APInt &ArySizeIn,
Steve Naroffc9406122007-08-30 18:10:14 +00001408 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
1409 unsigned EltTypeQuals) {
Sebastian Redl923d56d2009-11-05 15:52:31 +00001410 assert((EltTy->isDependentType() ||
1411 EltTy->isIncompleteType() || EltTy->isConstantSizeType()) &&
Eli Friedman587cbdf2009-05-29 20:17:55 +00001412 "Constant array of VLAs is illegal!");
1413
Chris Lattner38aeec72009-05-13 04:12:56 +00001414 // Convert the array size into a canonical width matching the pointer size for
1415 // the target.
1416 llvm::APInt ArySize(ArySizeIn);
Jay Foad9f71a8f2010-12-07 08:25:34 +00001417 ArySize =
1418 ArySize.zextOrTrunc(Target.getPointerWidth(EltTy.getAddressSpace()));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001419
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001420 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Chris Lattner0be2ef22009-02-19 17:31:02 +00001421 ConstantArrayType::Profile(ID, EltTy, ArySize, ASM, EltTypeQuals);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001422
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001423 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001424 if (ConstantArrayType *ATP =
Ted Kremenek7192f8e2007-10-31 17:10:13 +00001425 ConstantArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001426 return QualType(ATP, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001427
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001428 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
1429 // so fill in the canonical type field.
1430 QualType Canonical;
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001431 if (!EltTy.isCanonical()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001432 Canonical = getConstantArrayType(getCanonicalType(EltTy), ArySize,
Steve Naroffc9406122007-08-30 18:10:14 +00001433 ASM, EltTypeQuals);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001434 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001435 ConstantArrayType *NewIP =
Ted Kremenek7192f8e2007-10-31 17:10:13 +00001436 ConstantArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnerf6e764f2008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001437 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001438 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001439
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001440 ConstantArrayType *New = new(*this,TypeAlignment)
1441 ConstantArrayType(EltTy, Canonical, ArySize, ASM, EltTypeQuals);
Ted Kremenek7192f8e2007-10-31 17:10:13 +00001442 ConstantArrayTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001443 Types.push_back(New);
1444 return QualType(New, 0);
1445}
1446
Fariborz Jahanian745da3a2010-09-24 17:30:16 +00001447/// getIncompleteArrayType - Returns a unique reference to the type for a
1448/// incomplete array of the specified element type.
1449QualType ASTContext::getUnknownSizeVariableArrayType(QualType Ty) {
1450 QualType ElemTy = getBaseElementType(Ty);
1451 DeclarationName Name;
1452 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 8> ATypes;
1453 QualType ATy = Ty;
1454 while (const ArrayType *AT = getAsArrayType(ATy)) {
1455 ATypes.push_back(ATy);
1456 ATy = AT->getElementType();
1457 }
1458 for (int i = ATypes.size() - 1; i >= 0; i--) {
1459 if (const VariableArrayType *VAT = getAsVariableArrayType(ATypes[i])) {
1460 ElemTy = getVariableArrayType(ElemTy, /*ArraySize*/0, ArrayType::Star,
1461 0, VAT->getBracketsRange());
1462 }
1463 else if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = getAsConstantArrayType(ATypes[i])) {
1464 llvm::APSInt ConstVal(CAT->getSize());
1465 ElemTy = getConstantArrayType(ElemTy, ConstVal, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
1466 }
1467 else if (getAsIncompleteArrayType(ATypes[i])) {
1468 ElemTy = getVariableArrayType(ElemTy, /*ArraySize*/0, ArrayType::Normal,
1469 0, SourceRange());
1470 }
1471 else
1472 assert(false && "DependentArrayType is seen");
1473 }
1474 return ElemTy;
1475}
1476
1477/// getVariableArrayDecayedType - Returns a vla type where known sizes
1478/// are replaced with [*]
1479QualType ASTContext::getVariableArrayDecayedType(QualType Ty) {
1480 if (Ty->isPointerType()) {
1481 QualType BaseType = Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
1482 if (isa<VariableArrayType>(BaseType)) {
1483 ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(BaseType);
1484 VariableArrayType *VAT = cast<VariableArrayType>(AT);
1485 if (VAT->getSizeExpr()) {
1486 Ty = getUnknownSizeVariableArrayType(BaseType);
1487 Ty = getPointerType(Ty);
1488 }
1489 }
1490 }
1491 return Ty;
1492}
1493
1494
Steve Naroffbdbf7b02007-08-30 18:14:25 +00001495/// getVariableArrayType - Returns a non-unique reference to the type for a
1496/// variable array of the specified element type.
Douglas Gregor7e7eb3d2009-07-06 15:59:29 +00001497QualType ASTContext::getVariableArrayType(QualType EltTy,
1498 Expr *NumElts,
Steve Naroffc9406122007-08-30 18:10:14 +00001499 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
Douglas Gregor7e7eb3d2009-07-06 15:59:29 +00001500 unsigned EltTypeQuals,
1501 SourceRange Brackets) {
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001502 // Since we don't unique expressions, it isn't possible to unique VLA's
1503 // that have an expression provided for their size.
Douglas Gregor715e9c82010-05-23 16:10:32 +00001504 QualType CanonType;
1505
1506 if (!EltTy.isCanonical()) {
Douglas Gregor715e9c82010-05-23 16:10:32 +00001507 CanonType = getVariableArrayType(getCanonicalType(EltTy), NumElts, ASM,
1508 EltTypeQuals, Brackets);
1509 }
1510
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001511 VariableArrayType *New = new(*this, TypeAlignment)
Douglas Gregor715e9c82010-05-23 16:10:32 +00001512 VariableArrayType(EltTy, CanonType, NumElts, ASM, EltTypeQuals, Brackets);
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001513
1514 VariableArrayTypes.push_back(New);
1515 Types.push_back(New);
1516 return QualType(New, 0);
1517}
1518
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001519/// getDependentSizedArrayType - Returns a non-unique reference to
1520/// the type for a dependently-sized array of the specified element
Douglas Gregor04d4bee2009-07-31 00:23:35 +00001521/// type.
Douglas Gregor7e7eb3d2009-07-06 15:59:29 +00001522QualType ASTContext::getDependentSizedArrayType(QualType EltTy,
1523 Expr *NumElts,
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001524 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
Douglas Gregor7e7eb3d2009-07-06 15:59:29 +00001525 unsigned EltTypeQuals,
1526 SourceRange Brackets) {
Douglas Gregorcb78d882009-11-19 18:03:26 +00001527 assert((!NumElts || NumElts->isTypeDependent() ||
1528 NumElts->isValueDependent()) &&
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001529 "Size must be type- or value-dependent!");
1530
Douglas Gregor04d4bee2009-07-31 00:23:35 +00001531 void *InsertPos = 0;
Douglas Gregorcb78d882009-11-19 18:03:26 +00001532 DependentSizedArrayType *Canon = 0;
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00001533 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Douglas Gregorcb78d882009-11-19 18:03:26 +00001534
Douglas Gregor32adc8b2010-10-26 00:51:02 +00001535 QualType CanonicalEltTy = getCanonicalType(EltTy);
Douglas Gregorcb78d882009-11-19 18:03:26 +00001536 if (NumElts) {
1537 // Dependently-sized array types that do not have a specified
1538 // number of elements will have their sizes deduced from an
1539 // initializer.
Douglas Gregor32adc8b2010-10-26 00:51:02 +00001540 DependentSizedArrayType::Profile(ID, *this, CanonicalEltTy, ASM,
Douglas Gregorcb78d882009-11-19 18:03:26 +00001541 EltTypeQuals, NumElts);
1542
1543 Canon = DependentSizedArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1544 }
1545
Douglas Gregor04d4bee2009-07-31 00:23:35 +00001546 DependentSizedArrayType *New;
1547 if (Canon) {
1548 // We already have a canonical version of this array type; use it as
1549 // the canonical type for a newly-built type.
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001550 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1551 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, EltTy, QualType(Canon, 0),
1552 NumElts, ASM, EltTypeQuals, Brackets);
Douglas Gregor32adc8b2010-10-26 00:51:02 +00001553 } else if (CanonicalEltTy == EltTy) {
1554 // This is a canonical type. Record it.
1555 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1556 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, EltTy, QualType(),
1557 NumElts, ASM, EltTypeQuals, Brackets);
1558
1559 if (NumElts) {
1560#ifndef NDEBUG
1561 DependentSizedArrayType *CanonCheck
1562 = DependentSizedArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1563 assert(!CanonCheck && "Dependent-sized canonical array type broken");
1564 (void)CanonCheck;
1565#endif
1566 DependentSizedArrayTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregor04d4bee2009-07-31 00:23:35 +00001567 }
Douglas Gregor32adc8b2010-10-26 00:51:02 +00001568 } else {
1569 QualType Canon = getDependentSizedArrayType(CanonicalEltTy, NumElts,
1570 ASM, EltTypeQuals,
1571 SourceRange());
1572 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1573 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, EltTy, Canon,
1574 NumElts, ASM, EltTypeQuals, Brackets);
Douglas Gregor04d4bee2009-07-31 00:23:35 +00001575 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001576
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001577 Types.push_back(New);
1578 return QualType(New, 0);
1579}
1580
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001581QualType ASTContext::getIncompleteArrayType(QualType EltTy,
1582 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
1583 unsigned EltTypeQuals) {
1584 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Chris Lattner0be2ef22009-02-19 17:31:02 +00001585 IncompleteArrayType::Profile(ID, EltTy, ASM, EltTypeQuals);
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001586
1587 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001588 if (IncompleteArrayType *ATP =
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001589 IncompleteArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1590 return QualType(ATP, 0);
1591
1592 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type
1593 // either, so fill in the canonical type field.
1594 QualType Canonical;
1595
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001596 if (!EltTy.isCanonical()) {
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001597 Canonical = getIncompleteArrayType(getCanonicalType(EltTy),
Ted Kremenek2bd24ba2007-10-29 23:37:31 +00001598 ASM, EltTypeQuals);
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001599
1600 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1601 IncompleteArrayType *NewIP =
1602 IncompleteArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnerf6e764f2008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001603 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Ted Kremenek2bd24ba2007-10-29 23:37:31 +00001604 }
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001605
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001606 IncompleteArrayType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1607 IncompleteArrayType(EltTy, Canonical, ASM, EltTypeQuals);
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001608
1609 IncompleteArrayTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1610 Types.push_back(New);
1611 return QualType(New, 0);
Steve Narofffb22d962007-08-30 01:06:46 +00001612}
1613
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001614/// getVectorType - Return the unique reference to a vector type of
1615/// the specified element type and size. VectorType must be a built-in type.
John Thompson82287d12010-02-05 00:12:22 +00001616QualType ASTContext::getVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned NumElts,
Bob Wilsone86d78c2010-11-10 21:56:12 +00001617 VectorType::VectorKind VecKind) {
Chris Lattner33daae62010-10-01 22:42:38 +00001618 BuiltinType *BaseType;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001619
Chris Lattner33daae62010-10-01 22:42:38 +00001620 BaseType = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(getCanonicalType(vecType).getTypePtr());
1621 assert(BaseType != 0 && "getVectorType(): Expecting a built-in type");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001622
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001623 // Check if we've already instantiated a vector of this type.
1624 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Bob Wilsone86d78c2010-11-10 21:56:12 +00001625 VectorType::Profile(ID, vecType, NumElts, Type::Vector, VecKind);
Chris Lattner788b0fd2010-06-23 06:00:24 +00001626
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001627 void *InsertPos = 0;
1628 if (VectorType *VTP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1629 return QualType(VTP, 0);
1630
1631 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
1632 // so fill in the canonical type field.
1633 QualType Canonical;
Douglas Gregor255210e2010-08-06 10:14:59 +00001634 if (!vecType.isCanonical()) {
Bob Wilson231da7e2010-11-16 00:32:20 +00001635 Canonical = getVectorType(getCanonicalType(vecType), NumElts, VecKind);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001636
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001637 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1638 VectorType *NewIP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnerf6e764f2008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001639 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001640 }
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001641 VectorType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
Bob Wilsone86d78c2010-11-10 21:56:12 +00001642 VectorType(vecType, NumElts, Canonical, VecKind);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001643 VectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1644 Types.push_back(New);
1645 return QualType(New, 0);
1646}
1647
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001648/// getExtVectorType - Return the unique reference to an extended vector type of
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001649/// the specified element type and size. VectorType must be a built-in type.
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001650QualType ASTContext::getExtVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned NumElts) {
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001651 BuiltinType *baseType;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001652
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001653 baseType = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(getCanonicalType(vecType).getTypePtr());
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001654 assert(baseType != 0 && "getExtVectorType(): Expecting a built-in type");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001655
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001656 // Check if we've already instantiated a vector of this type.
1657 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Chris Lattner788b0fd2010-06-23 06:00:24 +00001658 VectorType::Profile(ID, vecType, NumElts, Type::ExtVector,
Bob Wilsone86d78c2010-11-10 21:56:12 +00001659 VectorType::GenericVector);
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001660 void *InsertPos = 0;
1661 if (VectorType *VTP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1662 return QualType(VTP, 0);
1663
1664 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
1665 // so fill in the canonical type field.
1666 QualType Canonical;
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001667 if (!vecType.isCanonical()) {
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001668 Canonical = getExtVectorType(getCanonicalType(vecType), NumElts);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001669
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001670 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1671 VectorType *NewIP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnerf6e764f2008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001672 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001673 }
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001674 ExtVectorType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1675 ExtVectorType(vecType, NumElts, Canonical);
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001676 VectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1677 Types.push_back(New);
1678 return QualType(New, 0);
1679}
1680
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001681QualType ASTContext::getDependentSizedExtVectorType(QualType vecType,
Douglas Gregor9cdda0c2009-06-17 21:51:59 +00001682 Expr *SizeExpr,
1683 SourceLocation AttrLoc) {
Douglas Gregor2ec09f12009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001684 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001685 DependentSizedExtVectorType::Profile(ID, *this, getCanonicalType(vecType),
Douglas Gregor2ec09f12009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001686 SizeExpr);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001687
Douglas Gregor2ec09f12009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001688 void *InsertPos = 0;
1689 DependentSizedExtVectorType *Canon
1690 = DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1691 DependentSizedExtVectorType *New;
1692 if (Canon) {
1693 // We already have a canonical version of this array type; use it as
1694 // the canonical type for a newly-built type.
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001695 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1696 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, QualType(Canon, 0),
1697 SizeExpr, AttrLoc);
Douglas Gregor2ec09f12009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001698 } else {
1699 QualType CanonVecTy = getCanonicalType(vecType);
1700 if (CanonVecTy == vecType) {
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001701 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1702 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, QualType(), SizeExpr,
1703 AttrLoc);
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00001704
1705 DependentSizedExtVectorType *CanonCheck
1706 = DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1707 assert(!CanonCheck && "Dependent-sized ext_vector canonical type broken");
1708 (void)CanonCheck;
Douglas Gregor2ec09f12009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001709 DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1710 } else {
1711 QualType Canon = getDependentSizedExtVectorType(CanonVecTy, SizeExpr,
1712 SourceLocation());
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001713 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1714 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, Canon, SizeExpr, AttrLoc);
Douglas Gregor2ec09f12009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001715 }
1716 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001717
Douglas Gregor9cdda0c2009-06-17 21:51:59 +00001718 Types.push_back(New);
1719 return QualType(New, 0);
1720}
1721
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001722/// getFunctionNoProtoType - Return a K&R style C function type like 'int()'.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001723///
Rafael Espindola264ba482010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001724QualType ASTContext::getFunctionNoProtoType(QualType ResultTy,
1725 const FunctionType::ExtInfo &Info) {
1726 const CallingConv CallConv = Info.getCC();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001727 // Unique functions, to guarantee there is only one function of a particular
1728 // structure.
1729 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Rafael Espindola264ba482010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001730 FunctionNoProtoType::Profile(ID, ResultTy, Info);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001731
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001732 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001733 if (FunctionNoProtoType *FT =
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001734 FunctionNoProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001735 return QualType(FT, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001736
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001737 QualType Canonical;
Douglas Gregorab8bbf42010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001738 if (!ResultTy.isCanonical() ||
John McCall04a67a62010-02-05 21:31:56 +00001739 getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv) != CallConv) {
Rafael Espindola264ba482010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001740 Canonical =
1741 getFunctionNoProtoType(getCanonicalType(ResultTy),
1742 Info.withCallingConv(getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv)));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001743
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001744 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001745 FunctionNoProtoType *NewIP =
1746 FunctionNoProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnerf6e764f2008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001747 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001748 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001749
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001750 FunctionNoProtoType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
Rafael Espindola264ba482010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001751 FunctionNoProtoType(ResultTy, Canonical, Info);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001752 Types.push_back(New);
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001753 FunctionNoProtoTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001754 return QualType(New, 0);
1755}
1756
1757/// getFunctionType - Return a normal function type with a typed argument
1758/// list. isVariadic indicates whether the argument list includes '...'.
John McCalle23cf432010-12-14 08:05:40 +00001759QualType ASTContext::getFunctionType(QualType ResultTy,
1760 const QualType *ArgArray, unsigned NumArgs,
1761 const FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001762 // Unique functions, to guarantee there is only one function of a particular
1763 // structure.
1764 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCalle23cf432010-12-14 08:05:40 +00001765 FunctionProtoType::Profile(ID, ResultTy, ArgArray, NumArgs, EPI);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001766
1767 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001768 if (FunctionProtoType *FTP =
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001769 FunctionProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001770 return QualType(FTP, 0);
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001771
1772 // Determine whether the type being created is already canonical or not.
John McCalle23cf432010-12-14 08:05:40 +00001773 bool isCanonical = !EPI.HasExceptionSpec && ResultTy.isCanonical();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001774 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs && isCanonical; ++i)
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001775 if (!ArgArray[i].isCanonicalAsParam())
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001776 isCanonical = false;
1777
John McCalle23cf432010-12-14 08:05:40 +00001778 const CallingConv CallConv = EPI.ExtInfo.getCC();
1779
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001780 // If this type isn't canonical, get the canonical version of it.
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001781 // The exception spec is not part of the canonical type.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001782 QualType Canonical;
John McCall04a67a62010-02-05 21:31:56 +00001783 if (!isCanonical || getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv) != CallConv) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001784 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 16> CanonicalArgs;
1785 CanonicalArgs.reserve(NumArgs);
1786 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; ++i)
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001787 CanonicalArgs.push_back(getCanonicalParamType(ArgArray[i]));
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001788
John McCalle23cf432010-12-14 08:05:40 +00001789 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo CanonicalEPI = EPI;
1790 if (CanonicalEPI.HasExceptionSpec) {
1791 CanonicalEPI.HasExceptionSpec = false;
1792 CanonicalEPI.HasAnyExceptionSpec = false;
1793 CanonicalEPI.NumExceptions = 0;
1794 }
1795 CanonicalEPI.ExtInfo
1796 = CanonicalEPI.ExtInfo.withCallingConv(getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv));
1797
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001798 Canonical = getFunctionType(getCanonicalType(ResultTy),
Jay Foadbeaaccd2009-05-21 09:52:38 +00001799 CanonicalArgs.data(), NumArgs,
John McCalle23cf432010-12-14 08:05:40 +00001800 CanonicalEPI);
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001801
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001802 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001803 FunctionProtoType *NewIP =
1804 FunctionProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnerf6e764f2008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001805 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001806 }
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001807
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001808 // FunctionProtoType objects are allocated with extra bytes after them
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001809 // for two variable size arrays (for parameter and exception types) at the
1810 // end of them.
John McCalle23cf432010-12-14 08:05:40 +00001811 size_t Size = sizeof(FunctionProtoType) +
1812 NumArgs * sizeof(QualType) +
1813 EPI.NumExceptions * sizeof(QualType);
1814 FunctionProtoType *FTP = (FunctionProtoType*) Allocate(Size, TypeAlignment);
1815 new (FTP) FunctionProtoType(ResultTy, ArgArray, NumArgs, Canonical, EPI);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001816 Types.push_back(FTP);
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001817 FunctionProtoTypes.InsertNode(FTP, InsertPos);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001818 return QualType(FTP, 0);
1819}
1820
John McCall3cb0ebd2010-03-10 03:28:59 +00001821#ifndef NDEBUG
1822static bool NeedsInjectedClassNameType(const RecordDecl *D) {
1823 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(D)) return false;
1824 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D);
1825 if (isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(RD))
1826 return true;
1827 if (RD->getDescribedClassTemplate() &&
1828 !isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RD))
1829 return true;
1830 return false;
1831}
1832#endif
1833
1834/// getInjectedClassNameType - Return the unique reference to the
1835/// injected class name type for the specified templated declaration.
1836QualType ASTContext::getInjectedClassNameType(CXXRecordDecl *Decl,
1837 QualType TST) {
1838 assert(NeedsInjectedClassNameType(Decl));
1839 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) {
1840 assert(isa<InjectedClassNameType>(Decl->TypeForDecl));
Argyrios Kyrtzidis37ffed32010-07-02 11:55:32 +00001841 } else if (CXXRecordDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDeclaration()) {
John McCall3cb0ebd2010-03-10 03:28:59 +00001842 assert(PrevDecl->TypeForDecl && "previous declaration has no type");
1843 Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl;
1844 assert(isa<InjectedClassNameType>(Decl->TypeForDecl));
1845 } else {
John McCall31f17ec2010-04-27 00:57:59 +00001846 Decl->TypeForDecl =
1847 new (*this, TypeAlignment) InjectedClassNameType(Decl, TST);
John McCall3cb0ebd2010-03-10 03:28:59 +00001848 Types.push_back(Decl->TypeForDecl);
1849 }
1850 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
1851}
1852
Douglas Gregor2ce52f32008-04-13 21:07:44 +00001853/// getTypeDeclType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
1854/// specified type declaration.
John McCallbecb8d52010-03-10 06:48:02 +00001855QualType ASTContext::getTypeDeclTypeSlow(const TypeDecl *Decl) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1e6759e2008-10-16 16:50:47 +00001856 assert(Decl && "Passed null for Decl param");
John McCallbecb8d52010-03-10 06:48:02 +00001857 assert(!Decl->TypeForDecl && "TypeForDecl present in slow case");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001858
John McCall19c85762010-02-16 03:57:14 +00001859 if (const TypedefDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefDecl>(Decl))
Douglas Gregor2ce52f32008-04-13 21:07:44 +00001860 return getTypedefType(Typedef);
John McCallbecb8d52010-03-10 06:48:02 +00001861
John McCallbecb8d52010-03-10 06:48:02 +00001862 assert(!isa<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(Decl) &&
1863 "Template type parameter types are always available.");
1864
John McCall19c85762010-02-16 03:57:14 +00001865 if (const RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Decl)) {
John McCallbecb8d52010-03-10 06:48:02 +00001866 assert(!Record->getPreviousDeclaration() &&
1867 "struct/union has previous declaration");
1868 assert(!NeedsInjectedClassNameType(Record));
Argyrios Kyrtzidis400f5122010-07-04 21:44:47 +00001869 return getRecordType(Record);
John McCall19c85762010-02-16 03:57:14 +00001870 } else if (const EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Decl)) {
John McCallbecb8d52010-03-10 06:48:02 +00001871 assert(!Enum->getPreviousDeclaration() &&
1872 "enum has previous declaration");
Argyrios Kyrtzidis400f5122010-07-04 21:44:47 +00001873 return getEnumType(Enum);
John McCall19c85762010-02-16 03:57:14 +00001874 } else if (const UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *Using =
John McCalled976492009-12-04 22:46:56 +00001875 dyn_cast<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(Decl)) {
1876 Decl->TypeForDecl = new (*this, TypeAlignment) UnresolvedUsingType(Using);
Mike Stump9fdbab32009-07-31 02:02:20 +00001877 } else
John McCallbecb8d52010-03-10 06:48:02 +00001878 llvm_unreachable("TypeDecl without a type?");
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49aa7ff2008-08-07 20:55:28 +00001879
John McCallbecb8d52010-03-10 06:48:02 +00001880 Types.push_back(Decl->TypeForDecl);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49aa7ff2008-08-07 20:55:28 +00001881 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
Douglas Gregor2ce52f32008-04-13 21:07:44 +00001882}
1883
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001884/// getTypedefType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
1885/// specified typename decl.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis9763e222010-07-02 11:55:11 +00001886QualType
1887ASTContext::getTypedefType(const TypedefDecl *Decl, QualType Canonical) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001888 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001889
Argyrios Kyrtzidis9763e222010-07-02 11:55:11 +00001890 if (Canonical.isNull())
1891 Canonical = getCanonicalType(Decl->getUnderlyingType());
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001892 Decl->TypeForDecl = new(*this, TypeAlignment)
1893 TypedefType(Type::Typedef, Decl, Canonical);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001894 Types.push_back(Decl->TypeForDecl);
1895 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
1896}
1897
Argyrios Kyrtzidis400f5122010-07-04 21:44:47 +00001898QualType ASTContext::getRecordType(const RecordDecl *Decl) {
1899 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
1900
1901 if (const RecordDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDeclaration())
1902 if (PrevDecl->TypeForDecl)
1903 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl, 0);
1904
1905 Decl->TypeForDecl = new (*this, TypeAlignment) RecordType(Decl);
1906 Types.push_back(Decl->TypeForDecl);
1907 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
1908}
1909
1910QualType ASTContext::getEnumType(const EnumDecl *Decl) {
1911 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
1912
1913 if (const EnumDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDeclaration())
1914 if (PrevDecl->TypeForDecl)
1915 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl, 0);
1916
1917 Decl->TypeForDecl = new (*this, TypeAlignment) EnumType(Decl);
1918 Types.push_back(Decl->TypeForDecl);
1919 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
1920}
1921
John McCall49a832b2009-10-18 09:09:24 +00001922/// \brief Retrieve a substitution-result type.
1923QualType
1924ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTypeParmType(const TemplateTypeParmType *Parm,
1925 QualType Replacement) {
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001926 assert(Replacement.isCanonical()
John McCall49a832b2009-10-18 09:09:24 +00001927 && "replacement types must always be canonical");
1928
1929 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1930 SubstTemplateTypeParmType::Profile(ID, Parm, Replacement);
1931 void *InsertPos = 0;
1932 SubstTemplateTypeParmType *SubstParm
1933 = SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1934
1935 if (!SubstParm) {
1936 SubstParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1937 SubstTemplateTypeParmType(Parm, Replacement);
1938 Types.push_back(SubstParm);
1939 SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(SubstParm, InsertPos);
1940 }
1941
1942 return QualType(SubstParm, 0);
1943}
1944
Douglas Gregorfab9d672009-02-05 23:33:38 +00001945/// \brief Retrieve the template type parameter type for a template
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001946/// parameter or parameter pack with the given depth, index, and (optionally)
Anders Carlsson76e4ce42009-06-16 00:30:48 +00001947/// name.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001948QualType ASTContext::getTemplateTypeParmType(unsigned Depth, unsigned Index,
Anders Carlsson76e4ce42009-06-16 00:30:48 +00001949 bool ParameterPack,
Douglas Gregorefed5c82010-06-16 15:23:05 +00001950 IdentifierInfo *Name) {
Douglas Gregorfab9d672009-02-05 23:33:38 +00001951 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Douglas Gregorefed5c82010-06-16 15:23:05 +00001952 TemplateTypeParmType::Profile(ID, Depth, Index, ParameterPack, Name);
Douglas Gregorfab9d672009-02-05 23:33:38 +00001953 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001954 TemplateTypeParmType *TypeParm
Douglas Gregorfab9d672009-02-05 23:33:38 +00001955 = TemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1956
1957 if (TypeParm)
1958 return QualType(TypeParm, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001959
Douglas Gregorefed5c82010-06-16 15:23:05 +00001960 if (Name) {
Anders Carlsson76e4ce42009-06-16 00:30:48 +00001961 QualType Canon = getTemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack);
Douglas Gregorefed5c82010-06-16 15:23:05 +00001962 TypeParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1963 TemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack, Name, Canon);
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00001964
1965 TemplateTypeParmType *TypeCheck
1966 = TemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1967 assert(!TypeCheck && "Template type parameter canonical type broken");
1968 (void)TypeCheck;
Anders Carlsson76e4ce42009-06-16 00:30:48 +00001969 } else
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001970 TypeParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1971 TemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack);
Douglas Gregorfab9d672009-02-05 23:33:38 +00001972
1973 Types.push_back(TypeParm);
1974 TemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(TypeParm, InsertPos);
1975
1976 return QualType(TypeParm, 0);
1977}
1978
John McCall3cb0ebd2010-03-10 03:28:59 +00001979TypeSourceInfo *
1980ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationTypeInfo(TemplateName Name,
1981 SourceLocation NameLoc,
1982 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args,
1983 QualType CanonType) {
1984 QualType TST = getTemplateSpecializationType(Name, Args, CanonType);
1985
1986 TypeSourceInfo *DI = CreateTypeSourceInfo(TST);
1987 TemplateSpecializationTypeLoc TL
1988 = cast<TemplateSpecializationTypeLoc>(DI->getTypeLoc());
1989 TL.setTemplateNameLoc(NameLoc);
1990 TL.setLAngleLoc(Args.getLAngleLoc());
1991 TL.setRAngleLoc(Args.getRAngleLoc());
1992 for (unsigned i = 0, e = TL.getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i)
1993 TL.setArgLocInfo(i, Args[i].getLocInfo());
1994 return DI;
1995}
1996
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001997QualType
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00001998ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template,
John McCalld5532b62009-11-23 01:53:49 +00001999 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args,
John McCall71d74bc2010-06-13 09:25:03 +00002000 QualType Canon) {
John McCalld5532b62009-11-23 01:53:49 +00002001 unsigned NumArgs = Args.size();
2002
John McCall833ca992009-10-29 08:12:44 +00002003 llvm::SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 4> ArgVec;
2004 ArgVec.reserve(NumArgs);
2005 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; ++i)
2006 ArgVec.push_back(Args[i].getArgument());
2007
John McCall31f17ec2010-04-27 00:57:59 +00002008 return getTemplateSpecializationType(Template, ArgVec.data(), NumArgs,
John McCall71d74bc2010-06-13 09:25:03 +00002009 Canon);
John McCall833ca992009-10-29 08:12:44 +00002010}
2011
2012QualType
2013ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template,
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00002014 const TemplateArgument *Args,
2015 unsigned NumArgs,
John McCall71d74bc2010-06-13 09:25:03 +00002016 QualType Canon) {
Douglas Gregorb88e8882009-07-30 17:40:51 +00002017 if (!Canon.isNull())
2018 Canon = getCanonicalType(Canon);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis9763e222010-07-02 11:55:11 +00002019 else
2020 Canon = getCanonicalTemplateSpecializationType(Template, Args, NumArgs);
Douglas Gregorfc705b82009-02-26 22:19:44 +00002021
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002022 // Allocate the (non-canonical) template specialization type, but don't
2023 // try to unique it: these types typically have location information that
2024 // we don't unique and don't want to lose.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002025 void *Mem = Allocate((sizeof(TemplateSpecializationType) +
Douglas Gregor40808ce2009-03-09 23:48:35 +00002026 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs),
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002027 TypeAlignment);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002028 TemplateSpecializationType *Spec
John McCallef990012010-06-11 11:07:21 +00002029 = new (Mem) TemplateSpecializationType(Template,
John McCall31f17ec2010-04-27 00:57:59 +00002030 Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor828e2262009-07-29 16:09:57 +00002031 Canon);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002032
Douglas Gregor55f6b142009-02-09 18:46:07 +00002033 Types.push_back(Spec);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002034 return QualType(Spec, 0);
Douglas Gregor55f6b142009-02-09 18:46:07 +00002035}
2036
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002037QualType
Argyrios Kyrtzidis9763e222010-07-02 11:55:11 +00002038ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template,
2039 const TemplateArgument *Args,
2040 unsigned NumArgs) {
2041 // Build the canonical template specialization type.
2042 TemplateName CanonTemplate = getCanonicalTemplateName(Template);
2043 llvm::SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 4> CanonArgs;
2044 CanonArgs.reserve(NumArgs);
2045 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I)
2046 CanonArgs.push_back(getCanonicalTemplateArgument(Args[I]));
2047
2048 // Determine whether this canonical template specialization type already
2049 // exists.
2050 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2051 TemplateSpecializationType::Profile(ID, CanonTemplate,
2052 CanonArgs.data(), NumArgs, *this);
2053
2054 void *InsertPos = 0;
2055 TemplateSpecializationType *Spec
2056 = TemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2057
2058 if (!Spec) {
2059 // Allocate a new canonical template specialization type.
2060 void *Mem = Allocate((sizeof(TemplateSpecializationType) +
2061 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs),
2062 TypeAlignment);
2063 Spec = new (Mem) TemplateSpecializationType(CanonTemplate,
2064 CanonArgs.data(), NumArgs,
2065 QualType());
2066 Types.push_back(Spec);
2067 TemplateSpecializationTypes.InsertNode(Spec, InsertPos);
2068 }
2069
2070 assert(Spec->isDependentType() &&
2071 "Non-dependent template-id type must have a canonical type");
2072 return QualType(Spec, 0);
2073}
2074
2075QualType
Abramo Bagnara465d41b2010-05-11 21:36:43 +00002076ASTContext::getElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
2077 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
2078 QualType NamedType) {
Douglas Gregore4e5b052009-03-19 00:18:19 +00002079 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Abramo Bagnara465d41b2010-05-11 21:36:43 +00002080 ElaboratedType::Profile(ID, Keyword, NNS, NamedType);
Douglas Gregore4e5b052009-03-19 00:18:19 +00002081
2082 void *InsertPos = 0;
Abramo Bagnara465d41b2010-05-11 21:36:43 +00002083 ElaboratedType *T = ElaboratedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregore4e5b052009-03-19 00:18:19 +00002084 if (T)
2085 return QualType(T, 0);
2086
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002087 QualType Canon = NamedType;
2088 if (!Canon.isCanonical()) {
2089 Canon = getCanonicalType(NamedType);
Abramo Bagnara465d41b2010-05-11 21:36:43 +00002090 ElaboratedType *CheckT = ElaboratedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2091 assert(!CheckT && "Elaborated canonical type broken");
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002092 (void)CheckT;
2093 }
2094
Abramo Bagnara465d41b2010-05-11 21:36:43 +00002095 T = new (*this) ElaboratedType(Keyword, NNS, NamedType, Canon);
Douglas Gregore4e5b052009-03-19 00:18:19 +00002096 Types.push_back(T);
Abramo Bagnara465d41b2010-05-11 21:36:43 +00002097 ElaboratedTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregore4e5b052009-03-19 00:18:19 +00002098 return QualType(T, 0);
2099}
2100
Abramo Bagnara075f8f12010-12-10 16:29:40 +00002101QualType
2102ASTContext::getParenType(QualType InnerType) {
2103 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2104 ParenType::Profile(ID, InnerType);
2105
2106 void *InsertPos = 0;
2107 ParenType *T = ParenTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2108 if (T)
2109 return QualType(T, 0);
2110
2111 QualType Canon = InnerType;
2112 if (!Canon.isCanonical()) {
2113 Canon = getCanonicalType(InnerType);
2114 ParenType *CheckT = ParenTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2115 assert(!CheckT && "Paren canonical type broken");
2116 (void)CheckT;
2117 }
2118
2119 T = new (*this) ParenType(InnerType, Canon);
2120 Types.push_back(T);
2121 ParenTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
2122 return QualType(T, 0);
2123}
2124
Douglas Gregor4a2023f2010-03-31 20:19:30 +00002125QualType ASTContext::getDependentNameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
2126 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
2127 const IdentifierInfo *Name,
2128 QualType Canon) {
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002129 assert(NNS->isDependent() && "nested-name-specifier must be dependent");
2130
2131 if (Canon.isNull()) {
2132 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS);
Douglas Gregor4a2023f2010-03-31 20:19:30 +00002133 ElaboratedTypeKeyword CanonKeyword = Keyword;
2134 if (Keyword == ETK_None)
2135 CanonKeyword = ETK_Typename;
2136
2137 if (CanonNNS != NNS || CanonKeyword != Keyword)
2138 Canon = getDependentNameType(CanonKeyword, CanonNNS, Name);
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002139 }
2140
2141 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Douglas Gregor4a2023f2010-03-31 20:19:30 +00002142 DependentNameType::Profile(ID, Keyword, NNS, Name);
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002143
2144 void *InsertPos = 0;
Douglas Gregor4714c122010-03-31 17:34:00 +00002145 DependentNameType *T
2146 = DependentNameTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002147 if (T)
2148 return QualType(T, 0);
2149
Douglas Gregor4a2023f2010-03-31 20:19:30 +00002150 T = new (*this) DependentNameType(Keyword, NNS, Name, Canon);
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002151 Types.push_back(T);
Douglas Gregor4714c122010-03-31 17:34:00 +00002152 DependentNameTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002153 return QualType(T, 0);
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002154}
2155
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002156QualType
John McCall33500952010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002157ASTContext::getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(
2158 ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
Douglas Gregor4a2023f2010-03-31 20:19:30 +00002159 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
John McCall33500952010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002160 const IdentifierInfo *Name,
2161 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args) {
2162 // TODO: avoid this copy
2163 llvm::SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 16> ArgCopy;
2164 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Args.size(); I != E; ++I)
2165 ArgCopy.push_back(Args[I].getArgument());
2166 return getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(Keyword, NNS, Name,
2167 ArgCopy.size(),
2168 ArgCopy.data());
2169}
2170
2171QualType
2172ASTContext::getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(
2173 ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
2174 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
2175 const IdentifierInfo *Name,
2176 unsigned NumArgs,
2177 const TemplateArgument *Args) {
Douglas Gregor17343172009-04-01 00:28:59 +00002178 assert(NNS->isDependent() && "nested-name-specifier must be dependent");
2179
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002180 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCall33500952010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002181 DependentTemplateSpecializationType::Profile(ID, *this, Keyword, NNS,
2182 Name, NumArgs, Args);
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002183
2184 void *InsertPos = 0;
John McCall33500952010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002185 DependentTemplateSpecializationType *T
2186 = DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002187 if (T)
2188 return QualType(T, 0);
2189
John McCall33500952010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002190 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS);
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002191
John McCall33500952010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002192 ElaboratedTypeKeyword CanonKeyword = Keyword;
2193 if (Keyword == ETK_None) CanonKeyword = ETK_Typename;
2194
2195 bool AnyNonCanonArgs = false;
2196 llvm::SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 16> CanonArgs(NumArgs);
2197 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I) {
2198 CanonArgs[I] = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(Args[I]);
2199 if (!CanonArgs[I].structurallyEquals(Args[I]))
2200 AnyNonCanonArgs = true;
Douglas Gregor17343172009-04-01 00:28:59 +00002201 }
2202
John McCall33500952010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002203 QualType Canon;
2204 if (AnyNonCanonArgs || CanonNNS != NNS || CanonKeyword != Keyword) {
2205 Canon = getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(CanonKeyword, CanonNNS,
2206 Name, NumArgs,
2207 CanonArgs.data());
2208
2209 // Find the insert position again.
2210 DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2211 }
2212
2213 void *Mem = Allocate((sizeof(DependentTemplateSpecializationType) +
2214 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs),
2215 TypeAlignment);
John McCallef990012010-06-11 11:07:21 +00002216 T = new (Mem) DependentTemplateSpecializationType(Keyword, NNS,
John McCall33500952010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002217 Name, NumArgs, Args, Canon);
Douglas Gregor17343172009-04-01 00:28:59 +00002218 Types.push_back(T);
John McCall33500952010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002219 DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002220 return QualType(T, 0);
Douglas Gregor17343172009-04-01 00:28:59 +00002221}
2222
Chris Lattner88cb27a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00002223/// CmpProtocolNames - Comparison predicate for sorting protocols
2224/// alphabetically.
2225static bool CmpProtocolNames(const ObjCProtocolDecl *LHS,
2226 const ObjCProtocolDecl *RHS) {
Douglas Gregor2e1cd422008-11-17 14:58:09 +00002227 return LHS->getDeclName() < RHS->getDeclName();
Chris Lattner88cb27a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00002228}
2229
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002230static bool areSortedAndUniqued(ObjCProtocolDecl * const *Protocols,
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002231 unsigned NumProtocols) {
2232 if (NumProtocols == 0) return true;
2233
2234 for (unsigned i = 1; i != NumProtocols; ++i)
2235 if (!CmpProtocolNames(Protocols[i-1], Protocols[i]))
2236 return false;
2237 return true;
2238}
2239
2240static void SortAndUniqueProtocols(ObjCProtocolDecl **Protocols,
Chris Lattner88cb27a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00002241 unsigned &NumProtocols) {
2242 ObjCProtocolDecl **ProtocolsEnd = Protocols+NumProtocols;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002243
Chris Lattner88cb27a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00002244 // Sort protocols, keyed by name.
2245 std::sort(Protocols, Protocols+NumProtocols, CmpProtocolNames);
2246
2247 // Remove duplicates.
2248 ProtocolsEnd = std::unique(Protocols, ProtocolsEnd);
2249 NumProtocols = ProtocolsEnd-Protocols;
2250}
2251
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002252QualType ASTContext::getObjCObjectType(QualType BaseType,
2253 ObjCProtocolDecl * const *Protocols,
2254 unsigned NumProtocols) {
2255 // If the base type is an interface and there aren't any protocols
2256 // to add, then the interface type will do just fine.
2257 if (!NumProtocols && isa<ObjCInterfaceType>(BaseType))
2258 return BaseType;
2259
2260 // Look in the folding set for an existing type.
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002261 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002262 ObjCObjectTypeImpl::Profile(ID, BaseType, Protocols, NumProtocols);
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002263 void *InsertPos = 0;
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002264 if (ObjCObjectType *QT = ObjCObjectTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
2265 return QualType(QT, 0);
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002266
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002267 // Build the canonical type, which has the canonical base type and
2268 // a sorted-and-uniqued list of protocols.
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002269 QualType Canonical;
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002270 bool ProtocolsSorted = areSortedAndUniqued(Protocols, NumProtocols);
2271 if (!ProtocolsSorted || !BaseType.isCanonical()) {
2272 if (!ProtocolsSorted) {
Benjamin Kramer02379412010-04-27 17:12:11 +00002273 llvm::SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl*, 8> Sorted(Protocols,
2274 Protocols + NumProtocols);
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002275 unsigned UniqueCount = NumProtocols;
2276
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002277 SortAndUniqueProtocols(&Sorted[0], UniqueCount);
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002278 Canonical = getObjCObjectType(getCanonicalType(BaseType),
2279 &Sorted[0], UniqueCount);
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002280 } else {
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002281 Canonical = getObjCObjectType(getCanonicalType(BaseType),
2282 Protocols, NumProtocols);
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002283 }
2284
2285 // Regenerate InsertPos.
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002286 ObjCObjectTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2287 }
2288
2289 unsigned Size = sizeof(ObjCObjectTypeImpl);
2290 Size += NumProtocols * sizeof(ObjCProtocolDecl *);
2291 void *Mem = Allocate(Size, TypeAlignment);
2292 ObjCObjectTypeImpl *T =
2293 new (Mem) ObjCObjectTypeImpl(Canonical, BaseType, Protocols, NumProtocols);
2294
2295 Types.push_back(T);
2296 ObjCObjectTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
2297 return QualType(T, 0);
2298}
2299
2300/// getObjCObjectPointerType - Return a ObjCObjectPointerType type for
2301/// the given object type.
2302QualType ASTContext::getObjCObjectPointerType(QualType ObjectT) {
2303 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2304 ObjCObjectPointerType::Profile(ID, ObjectT);
2305
2306 void *InsertPos = 0;
2307 if (ObjCObjectPointerType *QT =
2308 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
2309 return QualType(QT, 0);
2310
2311 // Find the canonical object type.
2312 QualType Canonical;
2313 if (!ObjectT.isCanonical()) {
2314 Canonical = getObjCObjectPointerType(getCanonicalType(ObjectT));
2315
2316 // Regenerate InsertPos.
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002317 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2318 }
2319
Douglas Gregorfd6a0882010-02-08 22:59:26 +00002320 // No match.
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002321 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(ObjCObjectPointerType), TypeAlignment);
2322 ObjCObjectPointerType *QType =
2323 new (Mem) ObjCObjectPointerType(Canonical, ObjectT);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002324
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002325 Types.push_back(QType);
2326 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.InsertNode(QType, InsertPos);
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002327 return QualType(QType, 0);
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002328}
Chris Lattner88cb27a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00002329
Douglas Gregordeacbdc2010-08-11 12:19:30 +00002330/// getObjCInterfaceType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
2331/// specified ObjC interface decl. The list of protocols is optional.
2332QualType ASTContext::getObjCInterfaceType(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl) {
2333 if (Decl->TypeForDecl)
2334 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002335
Douglas Gregordeacbdc2010-08-11 12:19:30 +00002336 // FIXME: redeclarations?
2337 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(ObjCInterfaceType), TypeAlignment);
2338 ObjCInterfaceType *T = new (Mem) ObjCInterfaceType(Decl);
2339 Decl->TypeForDecl = T;
2340 Types.push_back(T);
2341 return QualType(T, 0);
Fariborz Jahanian4b6c9052007-10-11 00:55:41 +00002342}
2343
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002344/// getTypeOfExprType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we can't unique
2345/// TypeOfExprType AST's (since expression's are never shared). For example,
Steve Naroff9752f252007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002346/// multiple declarations that refer to "typeof(x)" all contain different
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002347/// DeclRefExpr's. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates
Steve Naroff9752f252007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002348/// on canonical type's (which are always unique).
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002349QualType ASTContext::getTypeOfExprType(Expr *tofExpr) {
Douglas Gregordd0257c2009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002350 TypeOfExprType *toe;
Douglas Gregorb1975722009-07-30 23:18:24 +00002351 if (tofExpr->isTypeDependent()) {
2352 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2353 DependentTypeOfExprType::Profile(ID, *this, tofExpr);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002354
Douglas Gregorb1975722009-07-30 23:18:24 +00002355 void *InsertPos = 0;
2356 DependentTypeOfExprType *Canon
2357 = DependentTypeOfExprTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2358 if (Canon) {
2359 // We already have a "canonical" version of an identical, dependent
2360 // typeof(expr) type. Use that as our canonical type.
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002361 toe = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfExprType(tofExpr,
Douglas Gregorb1975722009-07-30 23:18:24 +00002362 QualType((TypeOfExprType*)Canon, 0));
2363 }
2364 else {
2365 // Build a new, canonical typeof(expr) type.
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002366 Canon
2367 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentTypeOfExprType(*this, tofExpr);
Douglas Gregorb1975722009-07-30 23:18:24 +00002368 DependentTypeOfExprTypes.InsertNode(Canon, InsertPos);
2369 toe = Canon;
2370 }
2371 } else {
Douglas Gregordd0257c2009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002372 QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(tofExpr->getType());
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002373 toe = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfExprType(tofExpr, Canonical);
Douglas Gregordd0257c2009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002374 }
Steve Naroff9752f252007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002375 Types.push_back(toe);
2376 return QualType(toe, 0);
Steve Naroffd1861fd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00002377}
2378
Steve Naroff9752f252007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002379/// getTypeOfType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we don't unique
2380/// TypeOfType AST's. The only motivation to unique these nodes would be
2381/// memory savings. Since typeof(t) is fairly uncommon, space shouldn't be
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002382/// an issue. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates
Steve Naroff9752f252007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002383/// on canonical type's (which are always unique).
Steve Naroffd1861fd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00002384QualType ASTContext::getTypeOfType(QualType tofType) {
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00002385 QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(tofType);
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002386 TypeOfType *tot = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfType(tofType, Canonical);
Steve Naroff9752f252007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002387 Types.push_back(tot);
2388 return QualType(tot, 0);
Steve Naroffd1861fd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00002389}
2390
Anders Carlsson60a9a2a2009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002391/// getDecltypeForExpr - Given an expr, will return the decltype for that
2392/// expression, according to the rules in C++0x [dcl.type.simple]p4
2393static QualType getDecltypeForExpr(const Expr *e, ASTContext &Context) {
Anders Carlssona07c33e2009-06-25 15:00:34 +00002394 if (e->isTypeDependent())
2395 return Context.DependentTy;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002396
Anders Carlsson60a9a2a2009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002397 // If e is an id expression or a class member access, decltype(e) is defined
2398 // as the type of the entity named by e.
2399 if (const DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(e)) {
2400 if (const ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(DRE->getDecl()))
2401 return VD->getType();
2402 }
2403 if (const MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(e)) {
2404 if (const FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
2405 return FD->getType();
2406 }
2407 // If e is a function call or an invocation of an overloaded operator,
2408 // (parentheses around e are ignored), decltype(e) is defined as the
2409 // return type of that function.
2410 if (const CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(e->IgnoreParens()))
2411 return CE->getCallReturnType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002412
Anders Carlsson60a9a2a2009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002413 QualType T = e->getType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002414
2415 // Otherwise, where T is the type of e, if e is an lvalue, decltype(e) is
Anders Carlsson60a9a2a2009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002416 // defined as T&, otherwise decltype(e) is defined as T.
John McCall7eb0a9e2010-11-24 05:12:34 +00002417 if (e->isLValue())
Anders Carlsson60a9a2a2009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002418 T = Context.getLValueReferenceType(T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002419
Anders Carlsson60a9a2a2009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002420 return T;
2421}
2422
Anders Carlsson395b4752009-06-24 19:06:50 +00002423/// getDecltypeType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we don't unique
2424/// DecltypeType AST's. The only motivation to unique these nodes would be
2425/// memory savings. Since decltype(t) is fairly uncommon, space shouldn't be
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002426/// an issue. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates
Anders Carlsson395b4752009-06-24 19:06:50 +00002427/// on canonical type's (which are always unique).
2428QualType ASTContext::getDecltypeType(Expr *e) {
Douglas Gregordd0257c2009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002429 DecltypeType *dt;
Douglas Gregor9d702ae2009-07-30 23:36:40 +00002430 if (e->isTypeDependent()) {
2431 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2432 DependentDecltypeType::Profile(ID, *this, e);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002433
Douglas Gregor9d702ae2009-07-30 23:36:40 +00002434 void *InsertPos = 0;
2435 DependentDecltypeType *Canon
2436 = DependentDecltypeTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2437 if (Canon) {
2438 // We already have a "canonical" version of an equivalent, dependent
2439 // decltype type. Use that as our canonical type.
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002440 dt = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DecltypeType(e, DependentTy,
Douglas Gregor9d702ae2009-07-30 23:36:40 +00002441 QualType((DecltypeType*)Canon, 0));
2442 }
2443 else {
2444 // Build a new, canonical typeof(expr) type.
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002445 Canon = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentDecltypeType(*this, e);
Douglas Gregor9d702ae2009-07-30 23:36:40 +00002446 DependentDecltypeTypes.InsertNode(Canon, InsertPos);
2447 dt = Canon;
2448 }
2449 } else {
Douglas Gregordd0257c2009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002450 QualType T = getDecltypeForExpr(e, *this);
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002451 dt = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DecltypeType(e, T, getCanonicalType(T));
Douglas Gregordd0257c2009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002452 }
Anders Carlsson395b4752009-06-24 19:06:50 +00002453 Types.push_back(dt);
2454 return QualType(dt, 0);
2455}
2456
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002457/// getTagDeclType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
2458/// specified TagDecl (struct/union/class/enum) decl.
Mike Stumpe607ed02009-08-07 18:05:12 +00002459QualType ASTContext::getTagDeclType(const TagDecl *Decl) {
Ted Kremenekd778f882007-11-26 21:16:01 +00002460 assert (Decl);
Mike Stumpe607ed02009-08-07 18:05:12 +00002461 // FIXME: What is the design on getTagDeclType when it requires casting
2462 // away const? mutable?
2463 return getTypeDeclType(const_cast<TagDecl*>(Decl));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002464}
2465
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002466/// getSizeType - Return the unique type for "size_t" (C99 7.17), the result
2467/// of the sizeof operator (C99 6.5.3.4p4). The value is target dependent and
2468/// needs to agree with the definition in <stddef.h>.
Anders Carlssona3ccda52009-12-12 00:26:23 +00002469CanQualType ASTContext::getSizeType() const {
Douglas Gregorb4e66d52008-11-03 14:12:49 +00002470 return getFromTargetType(Target.getSizeType());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002471}
2472
Argyrios Kyrtzidis64c438a2008-08-09 16:51:54 +00002473/// getSignedWCharType - Return the type of "signed wchar_t".
2474/// Used when in C++, as a GCC extension.
2475QualType ASTContext::getSignedWCharType() const {
2476 // FIXME: derive from "Target" ?
2477 return WCharTy;
2478}
2479
2480/// getUnsignedWCharType - Return the type of "unsigned wchar_t".
2481/// Used when in C++, as a GCC extension.
2482QualType ASTContext::getUnsignedWCharType() const {
2483 // FIXME: derive from "Target" ?
2484 return UnsignedIntTy;
2485}
2486
Chris Lattner8b9023b2007-07-13 03:05:23 +00002487/// getPointerDiffType - Return the unique type for "ptrdiff_t" (ref?)
2488/// defined in <stddef.h>. Pointer - pointer requires this (C99 6.5.6p9).
2489QualType ASTContext::getPointerDiffType() const {
Douglas Gregorb4e66d52008-11-03 14:12:49 +00002490 return getFromTargetType(Target.getPtrDiffType(0));
Chris Lattner8b9023b2007-07-13 03:05:23 +00002491}
2492
Chris Lattnere6327742008-04-02 05:18:44 +00002493//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
2494// Type Operators
2495//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
2496
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002497CanQualType ASTContext::getCanonicalParamType(QualType T) {
2498 // Push qualifiers into arrays, and then discard any remaining
2499 // qualifiers.
2500 T = getCanonicalType(T);
Fariborz Jahanian745da3a2010-09-24 17:30:16 +00002501 T = getVariableArrayDecayedType(T);
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002502 const Type *Ty = T.getTypePtr();
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002503 QualType Result;
2504 if (isa<ArrayType>(Ty)) {
2505 Result = getArrayDecayedType(QualType(Ty,0));
2506 } else if (isa<FunctionType>(Ty)) {
2507 Result = getPointerType(QualType(Ty, 0));
2508 } else {
2509 Result = QualType(Ty, 0);
2510 }
2511
2512 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(Result);
2513}
2514
Chris Lattner77c96472008-04-06 22:41:35 +00002515/// getCanonicalType - Return the canonical (structural) type corresponding to
2516/// the specified potentially non-canonical type. The non-canonical version
2517/// of a type may have many "decorated" versions of types. Decorators can
2518/// include typedefs, 'typeof' operators, etc. The returned type is guaranteed
2519/// to be free of any of these, allowing two canonical types to be compared
2520/// for exact equality with a simple pointer comparison.
Douglas Gregor50d62d12009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002521CanQualType ASTContext::getCanonicalType(QualType T) {
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002522 QualifierCollector Quals;
2523 const Type *Ptr = Quals.strip(T);
2524 QualType CanType = Ptr->getCanonicalTypeInternal();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002525
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002526 // The canonical internal type will be the canonical type *except*
2527 // that we push type qualifiers down through array types.
2528
2529 // If there are no new qualifiers to push down, stop here.
2530 if (!Quals.hasQualifiers())
Douglas Gregor50d62d12009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002531 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(CanType);
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002532
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002533 // If the type qualifiers are on an array type, get the canonical
2534 // type of the array with the qualifiers applied to the element
2535 // type.
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002536 ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(CanType);
2537 if (!AT)
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002538 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(getQualifiedType(CanType, Quals));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002539
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002540 // Get the canonical version of the element with the extra qualifiers on it.
2541 // This can recursively sink qualifiers through multiple levels of arrays.
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002542 QualType NewEltTy = getQualifiedType(AT->getElementType(), Quals);
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002543 NewEltTy = getCanonicalType(NewEltTy);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002544
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002545 if (ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
Douglas Gregor50d62d12009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002546 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(
2547 getConstantArrayType(NewEltTy, CAT->getSize(),
2548 CAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002549 CAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()));
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002550 if (IncompleteArrayType *IAT = dyn_cast<IncompleteArrayType>(AT))
Douglas Gregor50d62d12009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002551 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(
2552 getIncompleteArrayType(NewEltTy, IAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002553 IAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002554
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002555 if (DependentSizedArrayType *DSAT = dyn_cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(AT))
Douglas Gregor50d62d12009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002556 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(
2557 getDependentSizedArrayType(NewEltTy,
John McCall3fa5cae2010-10-26 07:05:15 +00002558 DSAT->getSizeExpr(),
Douglas Gregor50d62d12009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002559 DSAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002560 DSAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
Douglas Gregor87a924e2009-10-30 22:56:57 +00002561 DSAT->getBracketsRange())->getCanonicalTypeInternal());
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002562
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002563 VariableArrayType *VAT = cast<VariableArrayType>(AT);
Douglas Gregor50d62d12009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002564 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(getVariableArrayType(NewEltTy,
John McCall3fa5cae2010-10-26 07:05:15 +00002565 VAT->getSizeExpr(),
Douglas Gregor50d62d12009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002566 VAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002567 VAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
Douglas Gregor50d62d12009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002568 VAT->getBracketsRange()));
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002569}
2570
Chandler Carruth28e318c2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00002571QualType ASTContext::getUnqualifiedArrayType(QualType T,
2572 Qualifiers &Quals) {
Chandler Carruth5535c382010-01-12 20:32:25 +00002573 Quals = T.getQualifiers();
Douglas Gregor9dadd942010-05-17 18:45:21 +00002574 const ArrayType *AT = getAsArrayType(T);
2575 if (!AT) {
Chandler Carruth5535c382010-01-12 20:32:25 +00002576 return T.getUnqualifiedType();
Chandler Carruth28e318c2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00002577 }
2578
Chandler Carruth28e318c2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00002579 QualType Elt = AT->getElementType();
Zhongxing Xuc1ae0a82010-01-05 08:15:06 +00002580 QualType UnqualElt = getUnqualifiedArrayType(Elt, Quals);
Chandler Carruth28e318c2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00002581 if (Elt == UnqualElt)
2582 return T;
2583
Douglas Gregor9dadd942010-05-17 18:45:21 +00002584 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) {
Chandler Carruth28e318c2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00002585 return getConstantArrayType(UnqualElt, CAT->getSize(),
2586 CAT->getSizeModifier(), 0);
2587 }
2588
Douglas Gregor9dadd942010-05-17 18:45:21 +00002589 if (const IncompleteArrayType *IAT = dyn_cast<IncompleteArrayType>(AT)) {
Chandler Carruth28e318c2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00002590 return getIncompleteArrayType(UnqualElt, IAT->getSizeModifier(), 0);
2591 }
2592
Douglas Gregor9dadd942010-05-17 18:45:21 +00002593 if (const VariableArrayType *VAT = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(AT)) {
2594 return getVariableArrayType(UnqualElt,
John McCall3fa5cae2010-10-26 07:05:15 +00002595 VAT->getSizeExpr(),
Douglas Gregor9dadd942010-05-17 18:45:21 +00002596 VAT->getSizeModifier(),
2597 VAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
2598 VAT->getBracketsRange());
2599 }
2600
2601 const DependentSizedArrayType *DSAT = cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(AT);
John McCall3fa5cae2010-10-26 07:05:15 +00002602 return getDependentSizedArrayType(UnqualElt, DSAT->getSizeExpr(),
Chandler Carruth28e318c2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00002603 DSAT->getSizeModifier(), 0,
2604 SourceRange());
2605}
2606
Douglas Gregor5a57efd2010-06-09 03:53:18 +00002607/// UnwrapSimilarPointerTypes - If T1 and T2 are pointer types that
2608/// may be similar (C++ 4.4), replaces T1 and T2 with the type that
2609/// they point to and return true. If T1 and T2 aren't pointer types
2610/// or pointer-to-member types, or if they are not similar at this
2611/// level, returns false and leaves T1 and T2 unchanged. Top-level
2612/// qualifiers on T1 and T2 are ignored. This function will typically
2613/// be called in a loop that successively "unwraps" pointer and
2614/// pointer-to-member types to compare them at each level.
2615bool ASTContext::UnwrapSimilarPointerTypes(QualType &T1, QualType &T2) {
2616 const PointerType *T1PtrType = T1->getAs<PointerType>(),
2617 *T2PtrType = T2->getAs<PointerType>();
2618 if (T1PtrType && T2PtrType) {
2619 T1 = T1PtrType->getPointeeType();
2620 T2 = T2PtrType->getPointeeType();
2621 return true;
2622 }
2623
2624 const MemberPointerType *T1MPType = T1->getAs<MemberPointerType>(),
2625 *T2MPType = T2->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
2626 if (T1MPType && T2MPType &&
2627 hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(T1MPType->getClass(), 0),
2628 QualType(T2MPType->getClass(), 0))) {
2629 T1 = T1MPType->getPointeeType();
2630 T2 = T2MPType->getPointeeType();
2631 return true;
2632 }
2633
2634 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1) {
2635 const ObjCObjectPointerType *T1OPType = T1->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(),
2636 *T2OPType = T2->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
2637 if (T1OPType && T2OPType) {
2638 T1 = T1OPType->getPointeeType();
2639 T2 = T2OPType->getPointeeType();
2640 return true;
2641 }
2642 }
2643
2644 // FIXME: Block pointers, too?
2645
2646 return false;
2647}
2648
Abramo Bagnara25777432010-08-11 22:01:17 +00002649DeclarationNameInfo ASTContext::getNameForTemplate(TemplateName Name,
2650 SourceLocation NameLoc) {
John McCall80ad16f2009-11-24 18:42:40 +00002651 if (TemplateDecl *TD = Name.getAsTemplateDecl())
Abramo Bagnara25777432010-08-11 22:01:17 +00002652 // DNInfo work in progress: CHECKME: what about DNLoc?
2653 return DeclarationNameInfo(TD->getDeclName(), NameLoc);
2654
John McCall80ad16f2009-11-24 18:42:40 +00002655 if (DependentTemplateName *DTN = Name.getAsDependentTemplateName()) {
Abramo Bagnara25777432010-08-11 22:01:17 +00002656 DeclarationName DName;
John McCall80ad16f2009-11-24 18:42:40 +00002657 if (DTN->isIdentifier()) {
Abramo Bagnara25777432010-08-11 22:01:17 +00002658 DName = DeclarationNames.getIdentifier(DTN->getIdentifier());
2659 return DeclarationNameInfo(DName, NameLoc);
John McCall80ad16f2009-11-24 18:42:40 +00002660 } else {
Abramo Bagnara25777432010-08-11 22:01:17 +00002661 DName = DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(DTN->getOperator());
2662 // DNInfo work in progress: FIXME: source locations?
2663 DeclarationNameLoc DNLoc;
2664 DNLoc.CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc = SourceLocation().getRawEncoding();
2665 DNLoc.CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc = SourceLocation().getRawEncoding();
2666 return DeclarationNameInfo(DName, NameLoc, DNLoc);
John McCall80ad16f2009-11-24 18:42:40 +00002667 }
2668 }
2669
John McCall0bd6feb2009-12-02 08:04:21 +00002670 OverloadedTemplateStorage *Storage = Name.getAsOverloadedTemplate();
2671 assert(Storage);
Abramo Bagnara25777432010-08-11 22:01:17 +00002672 // DNInfo work in progress: CHECKME: what about DNLoc?
2673 return DeclarationNameInfo((*Storage->begin())->getDeclName(), NameLoc);
John McCall80ad16f2009-11-24 18:42:40 +00002674}
2675
Douglas Gregor25a3ef72009-05-07 06:41:52 +00002676TemplateName ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateName(TemplateName Name) {
Douglas Gregor3e1274f2010-06-16 21:09:37 +00002677 if (TemplateDecl *Template = Name.getAsTemplateDecl()) {
2678 if (TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP
2679 = dyn_cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(Template))
2680 Template = getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(TTP);
2681
2682 // The canonical template name is the canonical template declaration.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis97fbaa22009-07-18 00:34:25 +00002683 return TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(Template->getCanonicalDecl()));
Douglas Gregor3e1274f2010-06-16 21:09:37 +00002684 }
Douglas Gregor25a3ef72009-05-07 06:41:52 +00002685
John McCall0bd6feb2009-12-02 08:04:21 +00002686 assert(!Name.getAsOverloadedTemplate());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002687
Douglas Gregor25a3ef72009-05-07 06:41:52 +00002688 DependentTemplateName *DTN = Name.getAsDependentTemplateName();
2689 assert(DTN && "Non-dependent template names must refer to template decls.");
2690 return DTN->CanonicalTemplateName;
2691}
2692
Douglas Gregordb0d4b72009-11-11 23:06:43 +00002693bool ASTContext::hasSameTemplateName(TemplateName X, TemplateName Y) {
2694 X = getCanonicalTemplateName(X);
2695 Y = getCanonicalTemplateName(Y);
2696 return X.getAsVoidPointer() == Y.getAsVoidPointer();
2697}
2698
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002699TemplateArgument
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002700ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg) {
2701 switch (Arg.getKind()) {
2702 case TemplateArgument::Null:
2703 return Arg;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002704
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002705 case TemplateArgument::Expression:
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002706 return Arg;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002707
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002708 case TemplateArgument::Declaration:
John McCall833ca992009-10-29 08:12:44 +00002709 return TemplateArgument(Arg.getAsDecl()->getCanonicalDecl());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002710
Douglas Gregor788cd062009-11-11 01:00:40 +00002711 case TemplateArgument::Template:
2712 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalTemplateName(Arg.getAsTemplate()));
2713
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002714 case TemplateArgument::Integral:
John McCall833ca992009-10-29 08:12:44 +00002715 return TemplateArgument(*Arg.getAsIntegral(),
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002716 getCanonicalType(Arg.getIntegralType()));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002717
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002718 case TemplateArgument::Type:
John McCall833ca992009-10-29 08:12:44 +00002719 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalType(Arg.getAsType()));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002720
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002721 case TemplateArgument::Pack: {
Douglas Gregor910f8002010-11-07 23:05:16 +00002722 TemplateArgument *CanonArgs
2723 = new (*this) TemplateArgument[Arg.pack_size()];
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002724 unsigned Idx = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002725 for (TemplateArgument::pack_iterator A = Arg.pack_begin(),
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002726 AEnd = Arg.pack_end();
2727 A != AEnd; (void)++A, ++Idx)
2728 CanonArgs[Idx] = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(*A);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002729
Douglas Gregor910f8002010-11-07 23:05:16 +00002730 return TemplateArgument(CanonArgs, Arg.pack_size());
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002731 }
2732 }
2733
2734 // Silence GCC warning
2735 assert(false && "Unhandled template argument kind");
2736 return TemplateArgument();
2737}
2738
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002739NestedNameSpecifier *
2740ASTContext::getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002741 if (!NNS)
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002742 return 0;
2743
2744 switch (NNS->getKind()) {
2745 case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier:
2746 // Canonicalize the prefix but keep the identifier the same.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002747 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this,
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002748 getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS->getPrefix()),
2749 NNS->getAsIdentifier());
2750
2751 case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace:
2752 // A namespace is canonical; build a nested-name-specifier with
2753 // this namespace and no prefix.
2754 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0, NNS->getAsNamespace());
2755
2756 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec:
2757 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate: {
2758 QualType T = getCanonicalType(QualType(NNS->getAsType(), 0));
Douglas Gregor264bf662010-11-04 00:09:33 +00002759
2760 // If we have some kind of dependent-named type (e.g., "typename T::type"),
2761 // break it apart into its prefix and identifier, then reconsititute those
2762 // as the canonical nested-name-specifier. This is required to canonicalize
2763 // a dependent nested-name-specifier involving typedefs of dependent-name
2764 // types, e.g.,
2765 // typedef typename T::type T1;
2766 // typedef typename T1::type T2;
2767 if (const DependentNameType *DNT = T->getAs<DependentNameType>()) {
2768 NestedNameSpecifier *Prefix
2769 = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(DNT->getQualifier());
2770 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, Prefix,
2771 const_cast<IdentifierInfo *>(DNT->getIdentifier()));
2772 }
2773
Douglas Gregor643f8432010-11-04 00:14:23 +00002774 // Do the same thing as above, but with dependent-named specializations.
Douglas Gregor264bf662010-11-04 00:09:33 +00002775 if (const DependentTemplateSpecializationType *DTST
2776 = T->getAs<DependentTemplateSpecializationType>()) {
2777 NestedNameSpecifier *Prefix
2778 = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(DTST->getQualifier());
2779 TemplateName Name
2780 = getDependentTemplateName(Prefix, DTST->getIdentifier());
2781 T = getTemplateSpecializationType(Name,
2782 DTST->getArgs(), DTST->getNumArgs());
2783 T = getCanonicalType(T);
2784 }
2785
2786 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0, false, T.getTypePtr());
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002787 }
2788
2789 case NestedNameSpecifier::Global:
2790 // The global specifier is canonical and unique.
2791 return NNS;
2792 }
2793
2794 // Required to silence a GCC warning
2795 return 0;
2796}
2797
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002798
2799const ArrayType *ASTContext::getAsArrayType(QualType T) {
2800 // Handle the non-qualified case efficiently.
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +00002801 if (!T.hasLocalQualifiers()) {
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002802 // Handle the common positive case fast.
2803 if (const ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(T))
2804 return AT;
2805 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002806
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002807 // Handle the common negative case fast.
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002808 QualType CType = T->getCanonicalTypeInternal();
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002809 if (!isa<ArrayType>(CType))
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002810 return 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002811
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002812 // Apply any qualifiers from the array type to the element type. This
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002813 // implements C99 6.7.3p8: "If the specification of an array type includes
2814 // any type qualifiers, the element type is so qualified, not the array type."
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002815
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002816 // If we get here, we either have type qualifiers on the type, or we have
2817 // sugar such as a typedef in the way. If we have type qualifiers on the type
Douglas Gregor50d62d12009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002818 // we must propagate them down into the element type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002819
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002820 QualifierCollector Qs;
John McCall49f4e1c2010-12-10 11:01:00 +00002821 const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T.getDesugaredType(*this));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002822
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002823 // If we have a simple case, just return now.
2824 const ArrayType *ATy = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(Ty);
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002825 if (ATy == 0 || Qs.empty())
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002826 return ATy;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002827
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002828 // Otherwise, we have an array and we have qualifiers on it. Push the
2829 // qualifiers into the array element type and return a new array type.
2830 // Get the canonical version of the element with the extra qualifiers on it.
2831 // This can recursively sink qualifiers through multiple levels of arrays.
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002832 QualType NewEltTy = getQualifiedType(ATy->getElementType(), Qs);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002833
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002834 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(ATy))
2835 return cast<ArrayType>(getConstantArrayType(NewEltTy, CAT->getSize(),
2836 CAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002837 CAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()));
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002838 if (const IncompleteArrayType *IAT = dyn_cast<IncompleteArrayType>(ATy))
2839 return cast<ArrayType>(getIncompleteArrayType(NewEltTy,
2840 IAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002841 IAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()));
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002842
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002843 if (const DependentSizedArrayType *DSAT
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002844 = dyn_cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(ATy))
2845 return cast<ArrayType>(
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002846 getDependentSizedArrayType(NewEltTy,
John McCall3fa5cae2010-10-26 07:05:15 +00002847 DSAT->getSizeExpr(),
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002848 DSAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002849 DSAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
Douglas Gregor7e7eb3d2009-07-06 15:59:29 +00002850 DSAT->getBracketsRange()));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002851
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002852 const VariableArrayType *VAT = cast<VariableArrayType>(ATy);
Douglas Gregor7e7eb3d2009-07-06 15:59:29 +00002853 return cast<ArrayType>(getVariableArrayType(NewEltTy,
John McCall3fa5cae2010-10-26 07:05:15 +00002854 VAT->getSizeExpr(),
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002855 VAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002856 VAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
Douglas Gregor7e7eb3d2009-07-06 15:59:29 +00002857 VAT->getBracketsRange()));
Chris Lattner77c96472008-04-06 22:41:35 +00002858}
2859
Chris Lattnere6327742008-04-02 05:18:44 +00002860/// getArrayDecayedType - Return the properly qualified result of decaying the
2861/// specified array type to a pointer. This operation is non-trivial when
2862/// handling typedefs etc. The canonical type of "T" must be an array type,
2863/// this returns a pointer to a properly qualified element of the array.
2864///
2865/// See C99 6.7.5.3p7 and C99 6.3.2.1p3.
2866QualType ASTContext::getArrayDecayedType(QualType Ty) {
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002867 // Get the element type with 'getAsArrayType' so that we don't lose any
2868 // typedefs in the element type of the array. This also handles propagation
2869 // of type qualifiers from the array type into the element type if present
2870 // (C99 6.7.3p8).
2871 const ArrayType *PrettyArrayType = getAsArrayType(Ty);
2872 assert(PrettyArrayType && "Not an array type!");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002873
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002874 QualType PtrTy = getPointerType(PrettyArrayType->getElementType());
Chris Lattnere6327742008-04-02 05:18:44 +00002875
2876 // int x[restrict 4] -> int *restrict
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002877 return getQualifiedType(PtrTy, PrettyArrayType->getIndexTypeQualifiers());
Chris Lattnere6327742008-04-02 05:18:44 +00002878}
2879
Douglas Gregor5e03f9e2009-07-23 23:49:00 +00002880QualType ASTContext::getBaseElementType(QualType QT) {
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002881 QualifierCollector Qs;
Benjamin Kramer02379412010-04-27 17:12:11 +00002882 while (const ArrayType *AT = getAsArrayType(QualType(Qs.strip(QT), 0)))
2883 QT = AT->getElementType();
John McCall49f4e1c2010-12-10 11:01:00 +00002884 return Qs.apply(*this, QT);
Douglas Gregor5e03f9e2009-07-23 23:49:00 +00002885}
2886
Anders Carlssonfbbce492009-09-25 01:23:32 +00002887QualType ASTContext::getBaseElementType(const ArrayType *AT) {
2888 QualType ElemTy = AT->getElementType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002889
Anders Carlssonfbbce492009-09-25 01:23:32 +00002890 if (const ArrayType *AT = getAsArrayType(ElemTy))
2891 return getBaseElementType(AT);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002892
Anders Carlsson6183a992008-12-21 03:44:36 +00002893 return ElemTy;
2894}
2895
Fariborz Jahanian0de78992009-08-21 16:31:06 +00002896/// getConstantArrayElementCount - Returns number of constant array elements.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002897uint64_t
Fariborz Jahanian0de78992009-08-21 16:31:06 +00002898ASTContext::getConstantArrayElementCount(const ConstantArrayType *CA) const {
2899 uint64_t ElementCount = 1;
2900 do {
2901 ElementCount *= CA->getSize().getZExtValue();
2902 CA = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(CA->getElementType());
2903 } while (CA);
2904 return ElementCount;
2905}
2906
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002907/// getFloatingRank - Return a relative rank for floating point types.
2908/// This routine will assert if passed a built-in type that isn't a float.
Chris Lattnera75cea32008-04-06 23:38:49 +00002909static FloatingRank getFloatingRank(QualType T) {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002910 if (const ComplexType *CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>())
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002911 return getFloatingRank(CT->getElementType());
Chris Lattnera75cea32008-04-06 23:38:49 +00002912
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002913 assert(T->getAs<BuiltinType>() && "getFloatingRank(): not a floating type");
2914 switch (T->getAs<BuiltinType>()->getKind()) {
Chris Lattnera75cea32008-04-06 23:38:49 +00002915 default: assert(0 && "getFloatingRank(): not a floating type");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002916 case BuiltinType::Float: return FloatRank;
2917 case BuiltinType::Double: return DoubleRank;
2918 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return LongDoubleRank;
2919 }
2920}
2921
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002922/// getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain - Returns a real floating
2923/// point or a complex type (based on typeDomain/typeSize).
Steve Naroff716c7302007-08-27 01:41:48 +00002924/// 'typeDomain' is a real floating point or complex type.
2925/// 'typeSize' is a real floating point or complex type.
Chris Lattner1361b112008-04-06 23:58:54 +00002926QualType ASTContext::getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(QualType Size,
2927 QualType Domain) const {
2928 FloatingRank EltRank = getFloatingRank(Size);
2929 if (Domain->isComplexType()) {
2930 switch (EltRank) {
Steve Naroff716c7302007-08-27 01:41:48 +00002931 default: assert(0 && "getFloatingRank(): illegal value for rank");
Steve Narofff1448a02007-08-27 01:27:54 +00002932 case FloatRank: return FloatComplexTy;
2933 case DoubleRank: return DoubleComplexTy;
2934 case LongDoubleRank: return LongDoubleComplexTy;
2935 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002936 }
Chris Lattner1361b112008-04-06 23:58:54 +00002937
2938 assert(Domain->isRealFloatingType() && "Unknown domain!");
2939 switch (EltRank) {
2940 default: assert(0 && "getFloatingRank(): illegal value for rank");
2941 case FloatRank: return FloatTy;
2942 case DoubleRank: return DoubleTy;
2943 case LongDoubleRank: return LongDoubleTy;
Steve Narofff1448a02007-08-27 01:27:54 +00002944 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002945}
2946
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002947/// getFloatingTypeOrder - Compare the rank of the two specified floating
2948/// point types, ignoring the domain of the type (i.e. 'double' ==
2949/// '_Complex double'). If LHS > RHS, return 1. If LHS == RHS, return 0. If
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002950/// LHS < RHS, return -1.
Chris Lattnera75cea32008-04-06 23:38:49 +00002951int ASTContext::getFloatingTypeOrder(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
2952 FloatingRank LHSR = getFloatingRank(LHS);
2953 FloatingRank RHSR = getFloatingRank(RHS);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002954
Chris Lattnera75cea32008-04-06 23:38:49 +00002955 if (LHSR == RHSR)
Steve Narofffb0d4962007-08-27 15:30:22 +00002956 return 0;
Chris Lattnera75cea32008-04-06 23:38:49 +00002957 if (LHSR > RHSR)
Steve Narofffb0d4962007-08-27 15:30:22 +00002958 return 1;
2959 return -1;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002960}
2961
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00002962/// getIntegerRank - Return an integer conversion rank (C99 6.3.1.1p1). This
2963/// routine will assert if passed a built-in type that isn't an integer or enum,
2964/// or if it is not canonicalized.
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002965unsigned ASTContext::getIntegerRank(Type *T) {
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00002966 assert(T->isCanonicalUnqualified() && "T should be canonicalized");
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002967 if (EnumType* ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(T))
John McCall842aef82009-12-09 09:09:27 +00002968 T = ET->getDecl()->getPromotionType().getTypePtr();
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002969
Eli Friedmana3426752009-07-05 23:44:27 +00002970 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::WChar))
2971 T = getFromTargetType(Target.getWCharType()).getTypePtr();
2972
Alisdair Meredithf5c209d2009-07-14 06:30:34 +00002973 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char16))
2974 T = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar16Type()).getTypePtr();
2975
2976 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char32))
2977 T = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar32Type()).getTypePtr();
2978
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00002979 switch (cast<BuiltinType>(T)->getKind()) {
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002980 default: assert(0 && "getIntegerRank(): not a built-in integer");
2981 case BuiltinType::Bool:
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002982 return 1 + (getIntWidth(BoolTy) << 3);
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002983 case BuiltinType::Char_S:
2984 case BuiltinType::Char_U:
2985 case BuiltinType::SChar:
2986 case BuiltinType::UChar:
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002987 return 2 + (getIntWidth(CharTy) << 3);
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002988 case BuiltinType::Short:
2989 case BuiltinType::UShort:
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002990 return 3 + (getIntWidth(ShortTy) << 3);
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002991 case BuiltinType::Int:
2992 case BuiltinType::UInt:
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002993 return 4 + (getIntWidth(IntTy) << 3);
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002994 case BuiltinType::Long:
2995 case BuiltinType::ULong:
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002996 return 5 + (getIntWidth(LongTy) << 3);
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002997 case BuiltinType::LongLong:
2998 case BuiltinType::ULongLong:
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002999 return 6 + (getIntWidth(LongLongTy) << 3);
Chris Lattner2df9ced2009-04-30 02:43:43 +00003000 case BuiltinType::Int128:
3001 case BuiltinType::UInt128:
3002 return 7 + (getIntWidth(Int128Ty) << 3);
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00003003 }
3004}
3005
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +00003006/// \brief Whether this is a promotable bitfield reference according
3007/// to C99 6.3.1.1p2, bullet 2 (and GCC extensions).
3008///
3009/// \returns the type this bit-field will promote to, or NULL if no
3010/// promotion occurs.
3011QualType ASTContext::isPromotableBitField(Expr *E) {
Douglas Gregorceafbde2010-05-24 20:13:53 +00003012 if (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent())
3013 return QualType();
3014
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +00003015 FieldDecl *Field = E->getBitField();
3016 if (!Field)
3017 return QualType();
3018
3019 QualType FT = Field->getType();
3020
3021 llvm::APSInt BitWidthAP = Field->getBitWidth()->EvaluateAsInt(*this);
3022 uint64_t BitWidth = BitWidthAP.getZExtValue();
3023 uint64_t IntSize = getTypeSize(IntTy);
3024 // GCC extension compatibility: if the bit-field size is less than or equal
3025 // to the size of int, it gets promoted no matter what its type is.
3026 // For instance, unsigned long bf : 4 gets promoted to signed int.
3027 if (BitWidth < IntSize)
3028 return IntTy;
3029
3030 if (BitWidth == IntSize)
3031 return FT->isSignedIntegerType() ? IntTy : UnsignedIntTy;
3032
3033 // Types bigger than int are not subject to promotions, and therefore act
3034 // like the base type.
3035 // FIXME: This doesn't quite match what gcc does, but what gcc does here
3036 // is ridiculous.
3037 return QualType();
3038}
3039
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00003040/// getPromotedIntegerType - Returns the type that Promotable will
3041/// promote to: C99 6.3.1.1p2, assuming that Promotable is a promotable
3042/// integer type.
3043QualType ASTContext::getPromotedIntegerType(QualType Promotable) {
3044 assert(!Promotable.isNull());
3045 assert(Promotable->isPromotableIntegerType());
John McCall842aef82009-12-09 09:09:27 +00003046 if (const EnumType *ET = Promotable->getAs<EnumType>())
3047 return ET->getDecl()->getPromotionType();
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00003048 if (Promotable->isSignedIntegerType())
3049 return IntTy;
3050 uint64_t PromotableSize = getTypeSize(Promotable);
3051 uint64_t IntSize = getTypeSize(IntTy);
3052 assert(Promotable->isUnsignedIntegerType() && PromotableSize <= IntSize);
3053 return (PromotableSize != IntSize) ? IntTy : UnsignedIntTy;
3054}
3055
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003056/// getIntegerTypeOrder - Returns the highest ranked integer type:
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003057/// C99 6.3.1.8p1. If LHS > RHS, return 1. If LHS == RHS, return 0. If
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003058/// LHS < RHS, return -1.
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003059int ASTContext::getIntegerTypeOrder(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00003060 Type *LHSC = getCanonicalType(LHS).getTypePtr();
3061 Type *RHSC = getCanonicalType(RHS).getTypePtr();
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003062 if (LHSC == RHSC) return 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003063
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00003064 bool LHSUnsigned = LHSC->isUnsignedIntegerType();
3065 bool RHSUnsigned = RHSC->isUnsignedIntegerType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003066
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003067 unsigned LHSRank = getIntegerRank(LHSC);
3068 unsigned RHSRank = getIntegerRank(RHSC);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003069
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003070 if (LHSUnsigned == RHSUnsigned) { // Both signed or both unsigned.
3071 if (LHSRank == RHSRank) return 0;
3072 return LHSRank > RHSRank ? 1 : -1;
3073 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003074
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003075 // Otherwise, the LHS is signed and the RHS is unsigned or visa versa.
3076 if (LHSUnsigned) {
3077 // If the unsigned [LHS] type is larger, return it.
3078 if (LHSRank >= RHSRank)
3079 return 1;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003080
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003081 // If the signed type can represent all values of the unsigned type, it
3082 // wins. Because we are dealing with 2's complement and types that are
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003083 // powers of two larger than each other, this is always safe.
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003084 return -1;
3085 }
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00003086
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003087 // If the unsigned [RHS] type is larger, return it.
3088 if (RHSRank >= LHSRank)
3089 return -1;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003090
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003091 // If the signed type can represent all values of the unsigned type, it
3092 // wins. Because we are dealing with 2's complement and types that are
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003093 // powers of two larger than each other, this is always safe.
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003094 return 1;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003095}
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00003096
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003097static RecordDecl *
3098CreateRecordDecl(ASTContext &Ctx, RecordDecl::TagKind TK, DeclContext *DC,
3099 SourceLocation L, IdentifierInfo *Id) {
3100 if (Ctx.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
3101 return CXXRecordDecl::Create(Ctx, TK, DC, L, Id);
3102 else
3103 return RecordDecl::Create(Ctx, TK, DC, L, Id);
3104}
3105
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003106// getCFConstantStringType - Return the type used for constant CFStrings.
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00003107QualType ASTContext::getCFConstantStringType() {
3108 if (!CFConstantStringTypeDecl) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003109 CFConstantStringTypeDecl =
Abramo Bagnara465d41b2010-05-11 21:36:43 +00003110 CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(),
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003111 &Idents.get("NSConstantString"));
John McCall5cfa0112010-02-05 01:33:36 +00003112 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->startDefinition();
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003113
Anders Carlssonf06273f2007-11-19 00:25:30 +00003114 QualType FieldTypes[4];
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003115
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00003116 // const int *isa;
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003117 FieldTypes[0] = getPointerType(IntTy.withConst());
Anders Carlssonf06273f2007-11-19 00:25:30 +00003118 // int flags;
3119 FieldTypes[1] = IntTy;
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00003120 // const char *str;
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003121 FieldTypes[2] = getPointerType(CharTy.withConst());
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00003122 // long length;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003123 FieldTypes[3] = LongTy;
3124
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00003125 // Create fields
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00003126 for (unsigned i = 0; i < 4; ++i) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003127 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, CFConstantStringTypeDecl,
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00003128 SourceLocation(), 0,
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00003129 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003130 /*BitWidth=*/0,
Douglas Gregor4afa39d2009-01-20 01:17:11 +00003131 /*Mutable=*/false);
John McCall2888b652010-04-30 21:35:41 +00003132 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003133 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->addDecl(Field);
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00003134 }
3135
Douglas Gregor838db382010-02-11 01:19:42 +00003136 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->completeDefinition();
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00003137 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003138
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00003139 return getTagDeclType(CFConstantStringTypeDecl);
Gabor Greif84675832007-09-11 15:32:40 +00003140}
Anders Carlssonb2cf3572007-10-11 01:00:40 +00003141
Douglas Gregor319ac892009-04-23 22:29:11 +00003142void ASTContext::setCFConstantStringType(QualType T) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003143 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>();
Douglas Gregor319ac892009-04-23 22:29:11 +00003144 assert(Rec && "Invalid CFConstantStringType");
3145 CFConstantStringTypeDecl = Rec->getDecl();
3146}
3147
Fariborz Jahanian2bb5dda2010-04-23 17:41:07 +00003148// getNSConstantStringType - Return the type used for constant NSStrings.
3149QualType ASTContext::getNSConstantStringType() {
3150 if (!NSConstantStringTypeDecl) {
3151 NSConstantStringTypeDecl =
Abramo Bagnara465d41b2010-05-11 21:36:43 +00003152 CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(),
Fariborz Jahanian2bb5dda2010-04-23 17:41:07 +00003153 &Idents.get("__builtin_NSString"));
3154 NSConstantStringTypeDecl->startDefinition();
3155
3156 QualType FieldTypes[3];
3157
3158 // const int *isa;
3159 FieldTypes[0] = getPointerType(IntTy.withConst());
3160 // const char *str;
3161 FieldTypes[1] = getPointerType(CharTy.withConst());
3162 // unsigned int length;
3163 FieldTypes[2] = UnsignedIntTy;
3164
3165 // Create fields
3166 for (unsigned i = 0; i < 3; ++i) {
3167 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, NSConstantStringTypeDecl,
3168 SourceLocation(), 0,
3169 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
3170 /*BitWidth=*/0,
3171 /*Mutable=*/false);
John McCall2888b652010-04-30 21:35:41 +00003172 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Fariborz Jahanian2bb5dda2010-04-23 17:41:07 +00003173 NSConstantStringTypeDecl->addDecl(Field);
3174 }
3175
3176 NSConstantStringTypeDecl->completeDefinition();
3177 }
3178
3179 return getTagDeclType(NSConstantStringTypeDecl);
3180}
3181
3182void ASTContext::setNSConstantStringType(QualType T) {
3183 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>();
3184 assert(Rec && "Invalid NSConstantStringType");
3185 NSConstantStringTypeDecl = Rec->getDecl();
3186}
3187
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003188QualType ASTContext::getObjCFastEnumerationStateType() {
Anders Carlssonbd4c1ad2008-08-30 19:34:46 +00003189 if (!ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl) {
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00003190 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl =
Abramo Bagnara465d41b2010-05-11 21:36:43 +00003191 CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(),
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003192 &Idents.get("__objcFastEnumerationState"));
John McCall5cfa0112010-02-05 01:33:36 +00003193 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl->startDefinition();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003194
Anders Carlssonbd4c1ad2008-08-30 19:34:46 +00003195 QualType FieldTypes[] = {
3196 UnsignedLongTy,
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +00003197 getPointerType(ObjCIdTypedefType),
Anders Carlssonbd4c1ad2008-08-30 19:34:46 +00003198 getPointerType(UnsignedLongTy),
3199 getConstantArrayType(UnsignedLongTy,
3200 llvm::APInt(32, 5), ArrayType::Normal, 0)
3201 };
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003202
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00003203 for (size_t i = 0; i < 4; ++i) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003204 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this,
3205 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl,
3206 SourceLocation(), 0,
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00003207 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003208 /*BitWidth=*/0,
Douglas Gregor4afa39d2009-01-20 01:17:11 +00003209 /*Mutable=*/false);
John McCall2888b652010-04-30 21:35:41 +00003210 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003211 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl->addDecl(Field);
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00003212 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003213
Douglas Gregor838db382010-02-11 01:19:42 +00003214 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl->completeDefinition();
Anders Carlssonbd4c1ad2008-08-30 19:34:46 +00003215 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003216
Anders Carlssonbd4c1ad2008-08-30 19:34:46 +00003217 return getTagDeclType(ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl);
3218}
3219
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003220QualType ASTContext::getBlockDescriptorType() {
3221 if (BlockDescriptorType)
3222 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorType);
3223
3224 RecordDecl *T;
3225 // FIXME: Needs the FlagAppleBlock bit.
Abramo Bagnara465d41b2010-05-11 21:36:43 +00003226 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(),
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003227 &Idents.get("__block_descriptor"));
John McCall5cfa0112010-02-05 01:33:36 +00003228 T->startDefinition();
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003229
3230 QualType FieldTypes[] = {
3231 UnsignedLongTy,
3232 UnsignedLongTy,
3233 };
3234
3235 const char *FieldNames[] = {
3236 "reserved",
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003237 "Size"
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003238 };
3239
3240 for (size_t i = 0; i < 2; ++i) {
3241 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this,
3242 T,
3243 SourceLocation(),
3244 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00003245 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003246 /*BitWidth=*/0,
3247 /*Mutable=*/false);
John McCall2888b652010-04-30 21:35:41 +00003248 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003249 T->addDecl(Field);
3250 }
3251
Douglas Gregor838db382010-02-11 01:19:42 +00003252 T->completeDefinition();
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003253
3254 BlockDescriptorType = T;
3255
3256 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorType);
3257}
3258
3259void ASTContext::setBlockDescriptorType(QualType T) {
3260 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>();
3261 assert(Rec && "Invalid BlockDescriptorType");
3262 BlockDescriptorType = Rec->getDecl();
3263}
3264
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003265QualType ASTContext::getBlockDescriptorExtendedType() {
3266 if (BlockDescriptorExtendedType)
3267 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorExtendedType);
3268
3269 RecordDecl *T;
3270 // FIXME: Needs the FlagAppleBlock bit.
Abramo Bagnara465d41b2010-05-11 21:36:43 +00003271 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(),
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003272 &Idents.get("__block_descriptor_withcopydispose"));
John McCall5cfa0112010-02-05 01:33:36 +00003273 T->startDefinition();
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003274
3275 QualType FieldTypes[] = {
3276 UnsignedLongTy,
3277 UnsignedLongTy,
3278 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
3279 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy)
3280 };
3281
3282 const char *FieldNames[] = {
3283 "reserved",
3284 "Size",
3285 "CopyFuncPtr",
3286 "DestroyFuncPtr"
3287 };
3288
3289 for (size_t i = 0; i < 4; ++i) {
3290 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this,
3291 T,
3292 SourceLocation(),
3293 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00003294 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003295 /*BitWidth=*/0,
3296 /*Mutable=*/false);
John McCall2888b652010-04-30 21:35:41 +00003297 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003298 T->addDecl(Field);
3299 }
3300
Douglas Gregor838db382010-02-11 01:19:42 +00003301 T->completeDefinition();
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003302
3303 BlockDescriptorExtendedType = T;
3304
3305 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorExtendedType);
3306}
3307
3308void ASTContext::setBlockDescriptorExtendedType(QualType T) {
3309 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>();
3310 assert(Rec && "Invalid BlockDescriptorType");
3311 BlockDescriptorExtendedType = Rec->getDecl();
3312}
3313
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003314bool ASTContext::BlockRequiresCopying(QualType Ty) {
3315 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType())
3316 return true;
3317 if (isObjCNSObjectType(Ty))
3318 return true;
3319 if (Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType())
3320 return true;
Fariborz Jahaniane38be612010-11-17 00:21:28 +00003321 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3322 if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) {
3323 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
3324 return RD->hasConstCopyConstructor(*this);
3325
3326 }
3327 }
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003328 return false;
3329}
3330
Daniel Dunbar4087f272010-08-17 22:39:59 +00003331QualType ASTContext::BuildByRefType(llvm::StringRef DeclName, QualType Ty) {
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003332 // type = struct __Block_byref_1_X {
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003333 // void *__isa;
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003334 // struct __Block_byref_1_X *__forwarding;
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003335 // unsigned int __flags;
3336 // unsigned int __size;
Eli Friedmana7e68452010-08-22 01:00:03 +00003337 // void *__copy_helper; // as needed
3338 // void *__destroy_help // as needed
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003339 // int X;
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003340 // } *
3341
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003342 bool HasCopyAndDispose = BlockRequiresCopying(Ty);
3343
3344 // FIXME: Move up
Benjamin Kramerf5942a42009-10-24 09:57:09 +00003345 llvm::SmallString<36> Name;
3346 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Name) << "__Block_byref_" <<
3347 ++UniqueBlockByRefTypeID << '_' << DeclName;
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003348 RecordDecl *T;
Abramo Bagnara465d41b2010-05-11 21:36:43 +00003349 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(),
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003350 &Idents.get(Name.str()));
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003351 T->startDefinition();
3352 QualType Int32Ty = IntTy;
3353 assert(getIntWidth(IntTy) == 32 && "non-32bit int not supported");
3354 QualType FieldTypes[] = {
3355 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
3356 getPointerType(getTagDeclType(T)),
3357 Int32Ty,
3358 Int32Ty,
3359 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
3360 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
3361 Ty
3362 };
3363
Daniel Dunbar4087f272010-08-17 22:39:59 +00003364 llvm::StringRef FieldNames[] = {
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003365 "__isa",
3366 "__forwarding",
3367 "__flags",
3368 "__size",
3369 "__copy_helper",
3370 "__destroy_helper",
3371 DeclName,
3372 };
3373
3374 for (size_t i = 0; i < 7; ++i) {
3375 if (!HasCopyAndDispose && i >=4 && i <= 5)
3376 continue;
3377 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, T, SourceLocation(),
3378 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00003379 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003380 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false);
John McCall2888b652010-04-30 21:35:41 +00003381 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003382 T->addDecl(Field);
3383 }
3384
Douglas Gregor838db382010-02-11 01:19:42 +00003385 T->completeDefinition();
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003386
3387 return getPointerType(getTagDeclType(T));
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003388}
3389
3390
3391QualType ASTContext::getBlockParmType(
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003392 bool BlockHasCopyDispose,
John McCallea1471e2010-05-20 01:18:31 +00003393 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<const Expr *> &Layout) {
3394
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003395 // FIXME: Move up
Benjamin Kramerf5942a42009-10-24 09:57:09 +00003396 llvm::SmallString<36> Name;
3397 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Name) << "__block_literal_"
3398 << ++UniqueBlockParmTypeID;
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003399 RecordDecl *T;
Abramo Bagnara465d41b2010-05-11 21:36:43 +00003400 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(),
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003401 &Idents.get(Name.str()));
John McCall5cfa0112010-02-05 01:33:36 +00003402 T->startDefinition();
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003403 QualType FieldTypes[] = {
3404 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
3405 IntTy,
3406 IntTy,
3407 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003408 (BlockHasCopyDispose ?
3409 getPointerType(getBlockDescriptorExtendedType()) :
3410 getPointerType(getBlockDescriptorType()))
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003411 };
3412
3413 const char *FieldNames[] = {
3414 "__isa",
3415 "__flags",
3416 "__reserved",
3417 "__FuncPtr",
3418 "__descriptor"
3419 };
3420
3421 for (size_t i = 0; i < 5; ++i) {
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003422 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, T, SourceLocation(),
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003423 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00003424 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003425 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false);
John McCall2888b652010-04-30 21:35:41 +00003426 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003427 T->addDecl(Field);
3428 }
3429
John McCallea1471e2010-05-20 01:18:31 +00003430 for (unsigned i = 0; i < Layout.size(); ++i) {
3431 const Expr *E = Layout[i];
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003432
John McCallea1471e2010-05-20 01:18:31 +00003433 QualType FieldType = E->getType();
3434 IdentifierInfo *FieldName = 0;
3435 if (isa<CXXThisExpr>(E)) {
3436 FieldName = &Idents.get("this");
3437 } else if (const BlockDeclRefExpr *BDRE = dyn_cast<BlockDeclRefExpr>(E)) {
3438 const ValueDecl *D = BDRE->getDecl();
3439 FieldName = D->getIdentifier();
3440 if (BDRE->isByRef())
Daniel Dunbar4087f272010-08-17 22:39:59 +00003441 FieldType = BuildByRefType(D->getName(), FieldType);
John McCallea1471e2010-05-20 01:18:31 +00003442 } else {
3443 // Padding.
3444 assert(isa<ConstantArrayType>(FieldType) &&
3445 isa<DeclRefExpr>(E) &&
3446 !cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)->getDecl()->getDeclName() &&
3447 "doesn't match characteristics of padding decl");
3448 }
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003449
3450 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, T, SourceLocation(),
John McCallea1471e2010-05-20 01:18:31 +00003451 FieldName, FieldType, /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003452 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false);
John McCall2888b652010-04-30 21:35:41 +00003453 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003454 T->addDecl(Field);
3455 }
3456
Douglas Gregor838db382010-02-11 01:19:42 +00003457 T->completeDefinition();
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003458
3459 return getPointerType(getTagDeclType(T));
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003460}
3461
Douglas Gregor319ac892009-04-23 22:29:11 +00003462void ASTContext::setObjCFastEnumerationStateType(QualType T) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003463 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>();
Douglas Gregor319ac892009-04-23 22:29:11 +00003464 assert(Rec && "Invalid ObjCFAstEnumerationStateType");
3465 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl = Rec->getDecl();
3466}
3467
Anders Carlssone8c49532007-10-29 06:33:42 +00003468// This returns true if a type has been typedefed to BOOL:
3469// typedef <type> BOOL;
Chris Lattner2d998332007-10-30 20:27:44 +00003470static bool isTypeTypedefedAsBOOL(QualType T) {
Anders Carlssone8c49532007-10-29 06:33:42 +00003471 if (const TypedefType *TT = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(T))
Chris Lattnerbb49c3e2008-11-24 03:52:59 +00003472 if (IdentifierInfo *II = TT->getDecl()->getIdentifier())
3473 return II->isStr("BOOL");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003474
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +00003475 return false;
3476}
3477
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00003478/// getObjCEncodingTypeSize returns size of type for objective-c encoding
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003479/// purpose.
Ken Dyckaa8741a2010-01-11 19:19:56 +00003480CharUnits ASTContext::getObjCEncodingTypeSize(QualType type) {
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003481 CharUnits sz = getTypeSizeInChars(type);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003482
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003483 // Make all integer and enum types at least as large as an int
Douglas Gregor2ade35e2010-06-16 00:17:44 +00003484 if (sz.isPositive() && type->isIntegralOrEnumerationType())
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003485 sz = std::max(sz, getTypeSizeInChars(IntTy));
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003486 // Treat arrays as pointers, since that's how they're passed in.
3487 else if (type->isArrayType())
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003488 sz = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy);
Ken Dyckaa8741a2010-01-11 19:19:56 +00003489 return sz;
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003490}
3491
3492static inline
3493std::string charUnitsToString(const CharUnits &CU) {
3494 return llvm::itostr(CU.getQuantity());
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003495}
3496
Fariborz Jahanian6f46c262010-04-08 18:06:22 +00003497/// getObjCEncodingForBlockDecl - Return the encoded type for this block
David Chisnall5e530af2009-11-17 19:33:30 +00003498/// declaration.
3499void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForBlock(const BlockExpr *Expr,
3500 std::string& S) {
3501 const BlockDecl *Decl = Expr->getBlockDecl();
3502 QualType BlockTy =
3503 Expr->getType()->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3504 // Encode result type.
John McCallc71a4912010-06-04 19:02:56 +00003505 getObjCEncodingForType(BlockTy->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(), S);
David Chisnall5e530af2009-11-17 19:33:30 +00003506 // Compute size of all parameters.
3507 // Start with computing size of a pointer in number of bytes.
3508 // FIXME: There might(should) be a better way of doing this computation!
3509 SourceLocation Loc;
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003510 CharUnits PtrSize = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy);
3511 CharUnits ParmOffset = PtrSize;
Fariborz Jahanian6f46c262010-04-08 18:06:22 +00003512 for (BlockDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(),
David Chisnall5e530af2009-11-17 19:33:30 +00003513 E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
3514 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType();
Ken Dyckaa8741a2010-01-11 19:19:56 +00003515 CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003516 assert (sz.isPositive() && "BlockExpr - Incomplete param type");
David Chisnall5e530af2009-11-17 19:33:30 +00003517 ParmOffset += sz;
3518 }
3519 // Size of the argument frame
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003520 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
David Chisnall5e530af2009-11-17 19:33:30 +00003521 // Block pointer and offset.
3522 S += "@?0";
3523 ParmOffset = PtrSize;
3524
3525 // Argument types.
3526 ParmOffset = PtrSize;
3527 for (BlockDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), E =
3528 Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
3529 ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI;
3530 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType();
3531 if (const ArrayType *AT =
3532 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) {
3533 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of
3534 // elements.
3535 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
3536 PType = PVDecl->getType();
3537 } else if (PType->isFunctionType())
3538 PType = PVDecl->getType();
3539 getObjCEncodingForType(PType, S);
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003540 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
Ken Dyckaa8741a2010-01-11 19:19:56 +00003541 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
David Chisnall5e530af2009-11-17 19:33:30 +00003542 }
3543}
3544
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00003545/// getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl - Return the encoded type for this method
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003546/// declaration.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003547void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl(const ObjCMethodDecl *Decl,
Chris Lattnere6db3b02008-11-19 07:24:05 +00003548 std::string& S) {
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003549 // FIXME: This is not very efficient.
Fariborz Jahanianecb01e62007-11-01 17:18:37 +00003550 // Encode type qualifer, 'in', 'inout', etc. for the return type.
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00003551 getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(Decl->getObjCDeclQualifier(), S);
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003552 // Encode result type.
Daniel Dunbar0d504c12008-10-17 20:21:44 +00003553 getObjCEncodingForType(Decl->getResultType(), S);
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003554 // Compute size of all parameters.
3555 // Start with computing size of a pointer in number of bytes.
3556 // FIXME: There might(should) be a better way of doing this computation!
3557 SourceLocation Loc;
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003558 CharUnits PtrSize = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy);
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003559 // The first two arguments (self and _cmd) are pointers; account for
3560 // their size.
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003561 CharUnits ParmOffset = 2 * PtrSize;
Chris Lattner89951a82009-02-20 18:43:26 +00003562 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(),
Fariborz Jahanian7732cc92010-04-08 21:29:11 +00003563 E = Decl->sel_param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
Chris Lattner89951a82009-02-20 18:43:26 +00003564 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType();
Ken Dyckaa8741a2010-01-11 19:19:56 +00003565 CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003566 assert (sz.isPositive() &&
3567 "getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl - Incomplete param type");
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003568 ParmOffset += sz;
3569 }
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003570 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003571 S += "@0:";
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003572 S += charUnitsToString(PtrSize);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003573
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003574 // Argument types.
3575 ParmOffset = 2 * PtrSize;
Chris Lattner89951a82009-02-20 18:43:26 +00003576 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(),
Fariborz Jahanian7732cc92010-04-08 21:29:11 +00003577 E = Decl->sel_param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
Chris Lattner89951a82009-02-20 18:43:26 +00003578 ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003579 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType();
Fariborz Jahanian4306d3c2008-12-20 23:29:59 +00003580 if (const ArrayType *AT =
Steve Naroffab76d452009-04-14 00:03:58 +00003581 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) {
3582 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of
3583 // elements.
Steve Naroffbb3fde32009-04-14 00:40:09 +00003584 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
Steve Naroffab76d452009-04-14 00:03:58 +00003585 PType = PVDecl->getType();
3586 } else if (PType->isFunctionType())
3587 PType = PVDecl->getType();
Fariborz Jahanianecb01e62007-11-01 17:18:37 +00003588 // Process argument qualifiers for user supplied arguments; such as,
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003589 // 'in', 'inout', etc.
Fariborz Jahanian4306d3c2008-12-20 23:29:59 +00003590 getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(PVDecl->getObjCDeclQualifier(), S);
Daniel Dunbar0d504c12008-10-17 20:21:44 +00003591 getObjCEncodingForType(PType, S);
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003592 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
Ken Dyckaa8741a2010-01-11 19:19:56 +00003593 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003594 }
3595}
3596
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003597/// getObjCEncodingForPropertyDecl - Return the encoded type for this
Fariborz Jahanian83bccb82009-01-20 20:04:12 +00003598/// property declaration. If non-NULL, Container must be either an
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003599/// ObjCCategoryImplDecl or ObjCImplementationDecl; it should only be
3600/// NULL when getting encodings for protocol properties.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003601/// Property attributes are stored as a comma-delimited C string. The simple
3602/// attributes readonly and bycopy are encoded as single characters. The
3603/// parametrized attributes, getter=name, setter=name, and ivar=name, are
3604/// encoded as single characters, followed by an identifier. Property types
3605/// are also encoded as a parametrized attribute. The characters used to encode
Fariborz Jahanian83bccb82009-01-20 20:04:12 +00003606/// these attributes are defined by the following enumeration:
3607/// @code
3608/// enum PropertyAttributes {
3609/// kPropertyReadOnly = 'R', // property is read-only.
3610/// kPropertyBycopy = 'C', // property is a copy of the value last assigned
3611/// kPropertyByref = '&', // property is a reference to the value last assigned
3612/// kPropertyDynamic = 'D', // property is dynamic
3613/// kPropertyGetter = 'G', // followed by getter selector name
3614/// kPropertySetter = 'S', // followed by setter selector name
3615/// kPropertyInstanceVariable = 'V' // followed by instance variable name
3616/// kPropertyType = 't' // followed by old-style type encoding.
3617/// kPropertyWeak = 'W' // 'weak' property
3618/// kPropertyStrong = 'P' // property GC'able
3619/// kPropertyNonAtomic = 'N' // property non-atomic
3620/// };
3621/// @endcode
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003622void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForPropertyDecl(const ObjCPropertyDecl *PD,
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003623 const Decl *Container,
Chris Lattnere6db3b02008-11-19 07:24:05 +00003624 std::string& S) {
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003625 // Collect information from the property implementation decl(s).
3626 bool Dynamic = false;
3627 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *SynthesizePID = 0;
3628
3629 // FIXME: Duplicated code due to poor abstraction.
3630 if (Container) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003631 if (const ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CID =
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003632 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(Container)) {
3633 for (ObjCCategoryImplDecl::propimpl_iterator
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003634 i = CID->propimpl_begin(), e = CID->propimpl_end();
Douglas Gregor653f1b12009-04-23 01:02:12 +00003635 i != e; ++i) {
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003636 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PID = *i;
3637 if (PID->getPropertyDecl() == PD) {
3638 if (PID->getPropertyImplementation()==ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Dynamic) {
3639 Dynamic = true;
3640 } else {
3641 SynthesizePID = PID;
3642 }
3643 }
3644 }
3645 } else {
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00003646 const ObjCImplementationDecl *OID=cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(Container);
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003647 for (ObjCCategoryImplDecl::propimpl_iterator
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003648 i = OID->propimpl_begin(), e = OID->propimpl_end();
Douglas Gregor653f1b12009-04-23 01:02:12 +00003649 i != e; ++i) {
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003650 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PID = *i;
3651 if (PID->getPropertyDecl() == PD) {
3652 if (PID->getPropertyImplementation()==ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Dynamic) {
3653 Dynamic = true;
3654 } else {
3655 SynthesizePID = PID;
3656 }
3657 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003658 }
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003659 }
3660 }
3661
3662 // FIXME: This is not very efficient.
3663 S = "T";
3664
3665 // Encode result type.
Fariborz Jahanian090b3f72009-01-20 19:14:18 +00003666 // GCC has some special rules regarding encoding of properties which
3667 // closely resembles encoding of ivars.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003668 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PD->getType(), S, true, true, 0,
Fariborz Jahanian090b3f72009-01-20 19:14:18 +00003669 true /* outermost type */,
3670 true /* encoding for property */);
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003671
3672 if (PD->isReadOnly()) {
3673 S += ",R";
3674 } else {
3675 switch (PD->getSetterKind()) {
3676 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Assign: break;
3677 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Copy: S += ",C"; break;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003678 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Retain: S += ",&"; break;
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003679 }
3680 }
3681
3682 // It really isn't clear at all what this means, since properties
3683 // are "dynamic by default".
3684 if (Dynamic)
3685 S += ",D";
3686
Fariborz Jahanian090b3f72009-01-20 19:14:18 +00003687 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_nonatomic)
3688 S += ",N";
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003689
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003690 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_getter) {
3691 S += ",G";
Chris Lattner077bf5e2008-11-24 03:33:13 +00003692 S += PD->getGetterName().getAsString();
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003693 }
3694
3695 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_setter) {
3696 S += ",S";
Chris Lattner077bf5e2008-11-24 03:33:13 +00003697 S += PD->getSetterName().getAsString();
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003698 }
3699
3700 if (SynthesizePID) {
3701 const ObjCIvarDecl *OID = SynthesizePID->getPropertyIvarDecl();
3702 S += ",V";
Chris Lattner39f34e92008-11-24 04:00:27 +00003703 S += OID->getNameAsString();
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003704 }
3705
3706 // FIXME: OBJCGC: weak & strong
3707}
3708
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003709/// getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding -
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003710/// Another legacy compatibility encoding: 32-bit longs are encoded as
3711/// 'l' or 'L' , but not always. For typedefs, we need to use
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003712/// 'i' or 'I' instead if encoding a struct field, or a pointer!
3713///
3714void ASTContext::getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding (QualType &PointeeTy) const {
Mike Stump8e1fab22009-07-22 18:58:19 +00003715 if (isa<TypedefType>(PointeeTy.getTypePtr())) {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003716 if (const BuiltinType *BT = PointeeTy->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
Fariborz Jahanianc657eba2009-02-11 23:59:18 +00003717 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::ULong &&
3718 ((const_cast<ASTContext *>(this))->getIntWidth(PointeeTy) == 32))
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003719 PointeeTy = UnsignedIntTy;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003720 else
Fariborz Jahanianc657eba2009-02-11 23:59:18 +00003721 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Long &&
3722 ((const_cast<ASTContext *>(this))->getIntWidth(PointeeTy) == 32))
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003723 PointeeTy = IntTy;
3724 }
3725 }
3726}
3727
Fariborz Jahanian7d6b46d2008-01-22 22:44:46 +00003728void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForType(QualType T, std::string& S,
Daniel Dunbar153bfe52009-04-20 06:37:24 +00003729 const FieldDecl *Field) {
Daniel Dunbar82a6cfb2008-10-17 07:30:50 +00003730 // We follow the behavior of gcc, expanding structures which are
3731 // directly pointed to, and expanding embedded structures. Note that
3732 // these rules are sufficient to prevent recursive encoding of the
3733 // same type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003734 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(T, S, true, true, Field,
Fariborz Jahanian5b8c7d92008-12-22 23:22:27 +00003735 true /* outermost type */);
Daniel Dunbar82a6cfb2008-10-17 07:30:50 +00003736}
3737
David Chisnall64fd7e82010-06-04 01:10:52 +00003738static char ObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(const ASTContext *C, QualType T) {
3739 switch (T->getAs<BuiltinType>()->getKind()) {
3740 default: assert(0 && "Unhandled builtin type kind");
3741 case BuiltinType::Void: return 'v';
3742 case BuiltinType::Bool: return 'B';
3743 case BuiltinType::Char_U:
3744 case BuiltinType::UChar: return 'C';
3745 case BuiltinType::UShort: return 'S';
3746 case BuiltinType::UInt: return 'I';
3747 case BuiltinType::ULong:
3748 return
3749 (const_cast<ASTContext *>(C))->getIntWidth(T) == 32 ? 'L' : 'Q';
3750 case BuiltinType::UInt128: return 'T';
3751 case BuiltinType::ULongLong: return 'Q';
3752 case BuiltinType::Char_S:
3753 case BuiltinType::SChar: return 'c';
3754 case BuiltinType::Short: return 's';
John McCall24da7092010-06-11 10:11:05 +00003755 case BuiltinType::WChar:
David Chisnall64fd7e82010-06-04 01:10:52 +00003756 case BuiltinType::Int: return 'i';
3757 case BuiltinType::Long:
3758 return
3759 (const_cast<ASTContext *>(C))->getIntWidth(T) == 32 ? 'l' : 'q';
3760 case BuiltinType::LongLong: return 'q';
3761 case BuiltinType::Int128: return 't';
3762 case BuiltinType::Float: return 'f';
3763 case BuiltinType::Double: return 'd';
Daniel Dunbar3a0be842010-10-11 21:13:48 +00003764 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return 'D';
David Chisnall64fd7e82010-06-04 01:10:52 +00003765 }
3766}
3767
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003768static void EncodeBitField(const ASTContext *Context, std::string& S,
David Chisnall64fd7e82010-06-04 01:10:52 +00003769 QualType T, const FieldDecl *FD) {
Fariborz Jahanian8b4bf902009-01-13 01:18:13 +00003770 const Expr *E = FD->getBitWidth();
3771 assert(E && "bitfield width not there - getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl");
3772 ASTContext *Ctx = const_cast<ASTContext*>(Context);
Fariborz Jahanian8b4bf902009-01-13 01:18:13 +00003773 S += 'b';
David Chisnall64fd7e82010-06-04 01:10:52 +00003774 // The NeXT runtime encodes bit fields as b followed by the number of bits.
3775 // The GNU runtime requires more information; bitfields are encoded as b,
3776 // then the offset (in bits) of the first element, then the type of the
3777 // bitfield, then the size in bits. For example, in this structure:
3778 //
3779 // struct
3780 // {
3781 // int integer;
3782 // int flags:2;
3783 // };
3784 // On a 32-bit system, the encoding for flags would be b2 for the NeXT
3785 // runtime, but b32i2 for the GNU runtime. The reason for this extra
3786 // information is not especially sensible, but we're stuck with it for
3787 // compatibility with GCC, although providing it breaks anything that
3788 // actually uses runtime introspection and wants to work on both runtimes...
3789 if (!Ctx->getLangOptions().NeXTRuntime) {
3790 const RecordDecl *RD = FD->getParent();
3791 const ASTRecordLayout &RL = Ctx->getASTRecordLayout(RD);
3792 // FIXME: This same linear search is also used in ExprConstant - it might
3793 // be better if the FieldDecl stored its offset. We'd be increasing the
3794 // size of the object slightly, but saving some time every time it is used.
3795 unsigned i = 0;
3796 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator Field = RD->field_begin(),
3797 FieldEnd = RD->field_end();
3798 Field != FieldEnd; (void)++Field, ++i) {
3799 if (*Field == FD)
3800 break;
3801 }
3802 S += llvm::utostr(RL.getFieldOffset(i));
3803 S += ObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(Context, T);
3804 }
3805 unsigned N = E->EvaluateAsInt(*Ctx).getZExtValue();
Fariborz Jahanian8b4bf902009-01-13 01:18:13 +00003806 S += llvm::utostr(N);
3807}
3808
Daniel Dunbar01eb9b92009-10-18 21:17:35 +00003809// FIXME: Use SmallString for accumulating string.
Daniel Dunbar82a6cfb2008-10-17 07:30:50 +00003810void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(QualType T, std::string& S,
3811 bool ExpandPointedToStructures,
3812 bool ExpandStructures,
Daniel Dunbar153bfe52009-04-20 06:37:24 +00003813 const FieldDecl *FD,
Fariborz Jahanian090b3f72009-01-20 19:14:18 +00003814 bool OutermostType,
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00003815 bool EncodingProperty) {
David Chisnall64fd7e82010-06-04 01:10:52 +00003816 if (T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003817 if (FD && FD->isBitField())
David Chisnall64fd7e82010-06-04 01:10:52 +00003818 return EncodeBitField(this, S, T, FD);
3819 S += ObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(this, T);
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003820 return;
3821 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003822
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003823 if (const ComplexType *CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>()) {
Anders Carlssonc612f7b2009-04-09 21:55:45 +00003824 S += 'j';
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003825 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(CT->getElementType(), S, false, false, 0, false,
Anders Carlssonc612f7b2009-04-09 21:55:45 +00003826 false);
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003827 return;
3828 }
Fariborz Jahanian60bce3e2009-11-23 20:40:50 +00003829
Fariborz Jahanianaa1d7612010-04-13 23:45:47 +00003830 // encoding for pointer or r3eference types.
3831 QualType PointeeTy;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003832 if (const PointerType *PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian8d2c0a92009-11-30 18:43:52 +00003833 if (PT->isObjCSelType()) {
3834 S += ':';
3835 return;
3836 }
Fariborz Jahanianaa1d7612010-04-13 23:45:47 +00003837 PointeeTy = PT->getPointeeType();
3838 }
3839 else if (const ReferenceType *RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>())
3840 PointeeTy = RT->getPointeeType();
3841 if (!PointeeTy.isNull()) {
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003842 bool isReadOnly = false;
3843 // For historical/compatibility reasons, the read-only qualifier of the
3844 // pointee gets emitted _before_ the '^'. The read-only qualifier of
3845 // the pointer itself gets ignored, _unless_ we are looking at a typedef!
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003846 // Also, do not emit the 'r' for anything but the outermost type!
Mike Stump8e1fab22009-07-22 18:58:19 +00003847 if (isa<TypedefType>(T.getTypePtr())) {
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003848 if (OutermostType && T.isConstQualified()) {
3849 isReadOnly = true;
3850 S += 'r';
3851 }
Mike Stump9fdbab32009-07-31 02:02:20 +00003852 } else if (OutermostType) {
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003853 QualType P = PointeeTy;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003854 while (P->getAs<PointerType>())
3855 P = P->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003856 if (P.isConstQualified()) {
3857 isReadOnly = true;
3858 S += 'r';
3859 }
3860 }
3861 if (isReadOnly) {
3862 // Another legacy compatibility encoding. Some ObjC qualifier and type
3863 // combinations need to be rearranged.
3864 // Rewrite "in const" from "nr" to "rn"
Benjamin Kramer02379412010-04-27 17:12:11 +00003865 if (llvm::StringRef(S).endswith("nr"))
3866 S.replace(S.end()-2, S.end(), "rn");
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003867 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003868
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +00003869 if (PointeeTy->isCharType()) {
3870 // char pointer types should be encoded as '*' unless it is a
3871 // type that has been typedef'd to 'BOOL'.
Anders Carlssone8c49532007-10-29 06:33:42 +00003872 if (!isTypeTypedefedAsBOOL(PointeeTy)) {
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +00003873 S += '*';
3874 return;
3875 }
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003876 } else if (const RecordType *RTy = PointeeTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Steve Naroff9533a7f2009-07-22 17:14:51 +00003877 // GCC binary compat: Need to convert "struct objc_class *" to "#".
3878 if (RTy->getDecl()->getIdentifier() == &Idents.get("objc_class")) {
3879 S += '#';
3880 return;
3881 }
3882 // GCC binary compat: Need to convert "struct objc_object *" to "@".
3883 if (RTy->getDecl()->getIdentifier() == &Idents.get("objc_object")) {
3884 S += '@';
3885 return;
3886 }
3887 // fall through...
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +00003888 }
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +00003889 S += '^';
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003890 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(PointeeTy);
3891
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003892 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PointeeTy, S, false, ExpandPointedToStructures,
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003893 NULL);
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003894 return;
3895 }
Fariborz Jahanianaa1d7612010-04-13 23:45:47 +00003896
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003897 if (const ArrayType *AT =
3898 // Ignore type qualifiers etc.
3899 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(T->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) {
Anders Carlsson559a8332009-02-22 01:38:57 +00003900 if (isa<IncompleteArrayType>(AT)) {
3901 // Incomplete arrays are encoded as a pointer to the array element.
3902 S += '^';
3903
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003904 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getElementType(), S,
Anders Carlsson559a8332009-02-22 01:38:57 +00003905 false, ExpandStructures, FD);
3906 } else {
3907 S += '[';
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003908
Anders Carlsson559a8332009-02-22 01:38:57 +00003909 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
3910 S += llvm::utostr(CAT->getSize().getZExtValue());
3911 else {
3912 //Variable length arrays are encoded as a regular array with 0 elements.
3913 assert(isa<VariableArrayType>(AT) && "Unknown array type!");
3914 S += '0';
3915 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003916
3917 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getElementType(), S,
Anders Carlsson559a8332009-02-22 01:38:57 +00003918 false, ExpandStructures, FD);
3919 S += ']';
3920 }
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003921 return;
3922 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003923
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003924 if (T->getAs<FunctionType>()) {
Anders Carlssonc0a87b72007-10-30 00:06:20 +00003925 S += '?';
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003926 return;
3927 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003928
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003929 if (const RecordType *RTy = T->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Daniel Dunbar82a6cfb2008-10-17 07:30:50 +00003930 RecordDecl *RDecl = RTy->getDecl();
Daniel Dunbard96b35b2008-10-17 16:17:37 +00003931 S += RDecl->isUnion() ? '(' : '{';
Daniel Dunbar502a4a12008-10-17 06:22:57 +00003932 // Anonymous structures print as '?'
3933 if (const IdentifierInfo *II = RDecl->getIdentifier()) {
3934 S += II->getName();
Fariborz Jahanian6fb94392010-05-07 00:28:49 +00003935 if (ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *Spec
3936 = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RDecl)) {
3937 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs = Spec->getTemplateArgs();
3938 std::string TemplateArgsStr
3939 = TemplateSpecializationType::PrintTemplateArgumentList(
Douglas Gregor910f8002010-11-07 23:05:16 +00003940 TemplateArgs.data(),
3941 TemplateArgs.size(),
Fariborz Jahanian6fb94392010-05-07 00:28:49 +00003942 (*this).PrintingPolicy);
3943
3944 S += TemplateArgsStr;
3945 }
Daniel Dunbar502a4a12008-10-17 06:22:57 +00003946 } else {
3947 S += '?';
3948 }
Daniel Dunbar0d504c12008-10-17 20:21:44 +00003949 if (ExpandStructures) {
Fariborz Jahanian7d6b46d2008-01-22 22:44:46 +00003950 S += '=';
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003951 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator Field = RDecl->field_begin(),
3952 FieldEnd = RDecl->field_end();
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00003953 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) {
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003954 if (FD) {
Daniel Dunbard96b35b2008-10-17 16:17:37 +00003955 S += '"';
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00003956 S += Field->getNameAsString();
Daniel Dunbard96b35b2008-10-17 16:17:37 +00003957 S += '"';
3958 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003959
Daniel Dunbard96b35b2008-10-17 16:17:37 +00003960 // Special case bit-fields.
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003961 if (Field->isBitField()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003962 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true,
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003963 (*Field));
Daniel Dunbard96b35b2008-10-17 16:17:37 +00003964 } else {
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003965 QualType qt = Field->getType();
3966 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(qt);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003967 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(qt, S, false, true,
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003968 FD);
Daniel Dunbard96b35b2008-10-17 16:17:37 +00003969 }
Fariborz Jahanian7d6b46d2008-01-22 22:44:46 +00003970 }
Fariborz Jahanian6de88a82007-11-13 23:21:38 +00003971 }
Daniel Dunbard96b35b2008-10-17 16:17:37 +00003972 S += RDecl->isUnion() ? ')' : '}';
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003973 return;
3974 }
Fariborz Jahaniane6012c72010-10-07 21:25:25 +00003975
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003976 if (T->isEnumeralType()) {
Fariborz Jahanian8b4bf902009-01-13 01:18:13 +00003977 if (FD && FD->isBitField())
David Chisnall64fd7e82010-06-04 01:10:52 +00003978 EncodeBitField(this, S, T, FD);
Fariborz Jahanian8b4bf902009-01-13 01:18:13 +00003979 else
3980 S += 'i';
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003981 return;
3982 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003983
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003984 if (T->isBlockPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff21a98b12009-02-02 18:24:29 +00003985 S += "@?"; // Unlike a pointer-to-function, which is "^?".
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003986 return;
3987 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003988
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00003989 // Ignore protocol qualifiers when mangling at this level.
3990 if (const ObjCObjectType *OT = T->getAs<ObjCObjectType>())
3991 T = OT->getBaseType();
3992
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003993 if (const ObjCInterfaceType *OIT = T->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003994 // @encode(class_name)
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003995 ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI = OIT->getDecl();
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003996 S += '{';
3997 const IdentifierInfo *II = OI->getIdentifier();
3998 S += II->getName();
3999 S += '=';
Fariborz Jahanian2c18bb72010-08-20 21:21:08 +00004000 llvm::SmallVector<ObjCIvarDecl*, 32> Ivars;
4001 DeepCollectObjCIvars(OI, true, Ivars);
4002 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ivars.size(); i != e; ++i) {
4003 FieldDecl *Field = cast<FieldDecl>(Ivars[i]);
4004 if (Field->isBitField())
4005 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true, Field);
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00004006 else
Fariborz Jahanian2c18bb72010-08-20 21:21:08 +00004007 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true, FD);
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00004008 }
4009 S += '}';
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004010 return;
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00004011 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004012
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004013 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = T->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004014 if (OPT->isObjCIdType()) {
4015 S += '@';
4016 return;
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004017 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004018
Steve Naroff27d20a22009-10-28 22:03:49 +00004019 if (OPT->isObjCClassType() || OPT->isObjCQualifiedClassType()) {
4020 // FIXME: Consider if we need to output qualifiers for 'Class<p>'.
4021 // Since this is a binary compatibility issue, need to consult with runtime
4022 // folks. Fortunately, this is a *very* obsure construct.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004023 S += '#';
4024 return;
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004025 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004026
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004027 if (OPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004028 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(getObjCIdType(), S,
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004029 ExpandPointedToStructures,
4030 ExpandStructures, FD);
4031 if (FD || EncodingProperty) {
4032 // Note that we do extended encoding of protocol qualifer list
4033 // Only when doing ivar or property encoding.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004034 S += '"';
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004035 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(),
4036 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004037 S += '<';
4038 S += (*I)->getNameAsString();
4039 S += '>';
4040 }
4041 S += '"';
4042 }
4043 return;
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004044 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004045
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004046 QualType PointeeTy = OPT->getPointeeType();
4047 if (!EncodingProperty &&
4048 isa<TypedefType>(PointeeTy.getTypePtr())) {
4049 // Another historical/compatibility reason.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004050 // We encode the underlying type which comes out as
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004051 // {...};
4052 S += '^';
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004053 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PointeeTy, S,
4054 false, ExpandPointedToStructures,
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004055 NULL);
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004056 return;
4057 }
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004058
4059 S += '@';
Steve Naroff27d20a22009-10-28 22:03:49 +00004060 if (OPT->getInterfaceDecl() && (FD || EncodingProperty)) {
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004061 S += '"';
Steve Naroff27d20a22009-10-28 22:03:49 +00004062 S += OPT->getInterfaceDecl()->getIdentifier()->getName();
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004063 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(),
4064 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004065 S += '<';
4066 S += (*I)->getNameAsString();
4067 S += '>';
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004068 }
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004069 S += '"';
4070 }
4071 return;
4072 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004073
John McCall532ec7b2010-05-17 23:56:34 +00004074 // gcc just blithely ignores member pointers.
4075 // TODO: maybe there should be a mangling for these
4076 if (T->getAs<MemberPointerType>())
4077 return;
Fariborz Jahaniane6012c72010-10-07 21:25:25 +00004078
4079 if (T->isVectorType()) {
4080 // This matches gcc's encoding, even though technically it is
4081 // insufficient.
4082 // FIXME. We should do a better job than gcc.
4083 return;
4084 }
4085
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004086 assert(0 && "@encode for type not implemented!");
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +00004087}
4088
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004089void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(Decl::ObjCDeclQualifier QT,
Fariborz Jahanianecb01e62007-11-01 17:18:37 +00004090 std::string& S) const {
4091 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_In)
4092 S += 'n';
4093 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Inout)
4094 S += 'N';
4095 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Out)
4096 S += 'o';
4097 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Bycopy)
4098 S += 'O';
4099 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Byref)
4100 S += 'R';
4101 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Oneway)
4102 S += 'V';
4103}
4104
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004105void ASTContext::setBuiltinVaListType(QualType T) {
Anders Carlssonb2cf3572007-10-11 01:00:40 +00004106 assert(BuiltinVaListType.isNull() && "__builtin_va_list type already set!");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004107
Anders Carlssonb2cf3572007-10-11 01:00:40 +00004108 BuiltinVaListType = T;
4109}
4110
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004111void ASTContext::setObjCIdType(QualType T) {
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +00004112 ObjCIdTypedefType = T;
Steve Naroff7e219e42007-10-15 14:41:52 +00004113}
4114
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004115void ASTContext::setObjCSelType(QualType T) {
Fariborz Jahanian13dcd002009-11-21 19:53:08 +00004116 ObjCSelTypedefType = T;
Fariborz Jahanianb62f6812007-10-16 20:40:23 +00004117}
4118
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004119void ASTContext::setObjCProtoType(QualType QT) {
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00004120 ObjCProtoType = QT;
Fariborz Jahanian390d50a2007-10-17 16:58:11 +00004121}
4122
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004123void ASTContext::setObjCClassType(QualType T) {
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +00004124 ObjCClassTypedefType = T;
Anders Carlsson8baaca52007-10-31 02:53:19 +00004125}
4126
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00004127void ASTContext::setObjCConstantStringInterface(ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004128 assert(ObjCConstantStringType.isNull() &&
Steve Naroff21988912007-10-15 23:35:17 +00004129 "'NSConstantString' type already set!");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004130
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00004131 ObjCConstantStringType = getObjCInterfaceType(Decl);
Steve Naroff21988912007-10-15 23:35:17 +00004132}
4133
John McCall0bd6feb2009-12-02 08:04:21 +00004134/// \brief Retrieve the template name that corresponds to a non-empty
4135/// lookup.
John McCalleec51cf2010-01-20 00:46:10 +00004136TemplateName ASTContext::getOverloadedTemplateName(UnresolvedSetIterator Begin,
4137 UnresolvedSetIterator End) {
John McCall0bd6feb2009-12-02 08:04:21 +00004138 unsigned size = End - Begin;
4139 assert(size > 1 && "set is not overloaded!");
4140
4141 void *memory = Allocate(sizeof(OverloadedTemplateStorage) +
4142 size * sizeof(FunctionTemplateDecl*));
4143 OverloadedTemplateStorage *OT = new(memory) OverloadedTemplateStorage(size);
4144
4145 NamedDecl **Storage = OT->getStorage();
John McCalleec51cf2010-01-20 00:46:10 +00004146 for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = Begin; I != End; ++I) {
John McCall0bd6feb2009-12-02 08:04:21 +00004147 NamedDecl *D = *I;
4148 assert(isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D) ||
4149 (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) &&
4150 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D->getUnderlyingDecl())));
4151 *Storage++ = D;
4152 }
4153
4154 return TemplateName(OT);
4155}
4156
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00004157/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a qualified
4158/// template name such as \c std::vector.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004159TemplateName ASTContext::getQualifiedTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00004160 bool TemplateKeyword,
4161 TemplateDecl *Template) {
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00004162 // FIXME: Canonicalization?
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00004163 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
4164 QualifiedTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, TemplateKeyword, Template);
4165
4166 void *InsertPos = 0;
4167 QualifiedTemplateName *QTN =
4168 QualifiedTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
4169 if (!QTN) {
4170 QTN = new (*this,4) QualifiedTemplateName(NNS, TemplateKeyword, Template);
4171 QualifiedTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos);
4172 }
4173
4174 return TemplateName(QTN);
4175}
4176
4177/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a dependent
4178/// template name such as \c MetaFun::template apply.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004179TemplateName ASTContext::getDependentTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00004180 const IdentifierInfo *Name) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004181 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) &&
Douglas Gregor3b6afbb2009-09-09 00:23:06 +00004182 "Nested name specifier must be dependent");
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00004183
4184 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
4185 DependentTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, Name);
4186
4187 void *InsertPos = 0;
4188 DependentTemplateName *QTN =
4189 DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
4190
4191 if (QTN)
4192 return TemplateName(QTN);
4193
4194 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS);
4195 if (CanonNNS == NNS) {
4196 QTN = new (*this,4) DependentTemplateName(NNS, Name);
4197 } else {
4198 TemplateName Canon = getDependentTemplateName(CanonNNS, Name);
4199 QTN = new (*this,4) DependentTemplateName(NNS, Name, Canon);
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00004200 DependentTemplateName *CheckQTN =
4201 DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
4202 assert(!CheckQTN && "Dependent type name canonicalization broken");
4203 (void)CheckQTN;
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00004204 }
4205
4206 DependentTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos);
4207 return TemplateName(QTN);
4208}
4209
Douglas Gregorca1bdd72009-11-04 00:56:37 +00004210/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a dependent
4211/// template name such as \c MetaFun::template operator+.
4212TemplateName
4213ASTContext::getDependentTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
4214 OverloadedOperatorKind Operator) {
4215 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) &&
4216 "Nested name specifier must be dependent");
4217
4218 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
4219 DependentTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, Operator);
4220
4221 void *InsertPos = 0;
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00004222 DependentTemplateName *QTN
4223 = DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregorca1bdd72009-11-04 00:56:37 +00004224
4225 if (QTN)
4226 return TemplateName(QTN);
4227
4228 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS);
4229 if (CanonNNS == NNS) {
4230 QTN = new (*this,4) DependentTemplateName(NNS, Operator);
4231 } else {
4232 TemplateName Canon = getDependentTemplateName(CanonNNS, Operator);
4233 QTN = new (*this,4) DependentTemplateName(NNS, Operator, Canon);
Douglas Gregor789b1f62010-02-04 18:10:26 +00004234
4235 DependentTemplateName *CheckQTN
4236 = DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
4237 assert(!CheckQTN && "Dependent template name canonicalization broken");
4238 (void)CheckQTN;
Douglas Gregorca1bdd72009-11-04 00:56:37 +00004239 }
4240
4241 DependentTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos);
4242 return TemplateName(QTN);
4243}
4244
Douglas Gregorb4e66d52008-11-03 14:12:49 +00004245/// getFromTargetType - Given one of the integer types provided by
Douglas Gregord9341122008-11-03 15:57:00 +00004246/// TargetInfo, produce the corresponding type. The unsigned @p Type
4247/// is actually a value of type @c TargetInfo::IntType.
John McCalle27ec8a2009-10-23 23:03:21 +00004248CanQualType ASTContext::getFromTargetType(unsigned Type) const {
Douglas Gregorb4e66d52008-11-03 14:12:49 +00004249 switch (Type) {
John McCalle27ec8a2009-10-23 23:03:21 +00004250 case TargetInfo::NoInt: return CanQualType();
Douglas Gregorb4e66d52008-11-03 14:12:49 +00004251 case TargetInfo::SignedShort: return ShortTy;
4252 case TargetInfo::UnsignedShort: return UnsignedShortTy;
4253 case TargetInfo::SignedInt: return IntTy;
4254 case TargetInfo::UnsignedInt: return UnsignedIntTy;
4255 case TargetInfo::SignedLong: return LongTy;
4256 case TargetInfo::UnsignedLong: return UnsignedLongTy;
4257 case TargetInfo::SignedLongLong: return LongLongTy;
4258 case TargetInfo::UnsignedLongLong: return UnsignedLongLongTy;
4259 }
4260
4261 assert(false && "Unhandled TargetInfo::IntType value");
John McCalle27ec8a2009-10-23 23:03:21 +00004262 return CanQualType();
Douglas Gregorb4e66d52008-11-03 14:12:49 +00004263}
Ted Kremenekb6ccaac2008-07-24 23:58:27 +00004264
4265//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4266// Type Predicates.
4267//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4268
Fariborz Jahanianfa23c1d2009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004269/// isObjCNSObjectType - Return true if this is an NSObject object using
4270/// NSObject attribute on a c-style pointer type.
4271/// FIXME - Make it work directly on types.
Steve Narofff4954562009-07-16 15:41:00 +00004272/// FIXME: Move to Type.
Fariborz Jahanianfa23c1d2009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004273///
4274bool ASTContext::isObjCNSObjectType(QualType Ty) const {
4275 if (TypedefType *TDT = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(Ty)) {
4276 if (TypedefDecl *TD = TDT->getDecl())
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00004277 if (TD->getAttr<ObjCNSObjectAttr>())
Fariborz Jahanianfa23c1d2009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004278 return true;
4279 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004280 return false;
Fariborz Jahanianfa23c1d2009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004281}
4282
Fariborz Jahanian4fd83ea2009-02-18 21:49:28 +00004283/// getObjCGCAttr - Returns one of GCNone, Weak or Strong objc's
4284/// garbage collection attribute.
4285///
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004286Qualifiers::GC ASTContext::getObjCGCAttrKind(const QualType &Ty) const {
4287 Qualifiers::GC GCAttrs = Qualifiers::GCNone;
Fariborz Jahanian4fd83ea2009-02-18 21:49:28 +00004288 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 &&
4289 getLangOptions().getGCMode() != LangOptions::NonGC) {
Chris Lattnerb7d25532009-02-18 22:53:11 +00004290 GCAttrs = Ty.getObjCGCAttr();
Fariborz Jahanian4fd83ea2009-02-18 21:49:28 +00004291 // Default behavious under objective-c's gc is for objective-c pointers
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004292 // (or pointers to them) be treated as though they were declared
Fariborz Jahaniana223cca2009-02-19 23:36:06 +00004293 // as __strong.
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004294 if (GCAttrs == Qualifiers::GCNone) {
Fariborz Jahanian75212ee2009-09-10 23:38:45 +00004295 if (Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType() || Ty->isBlockPointerType())
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004296 GCAttrs = Qualifiers::Strong;
Fariborz Jahaniana223cca2009-02-19 23:36:06 +00004297 else if (Ty->isPointerType())
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004298 return getObjCGCAttrKind(Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
Fariborz Jahaniana223cca2009-02-19 23:36:06 +00004299 }
Fariborz Jahanianc2112182009-04-11 00:00:54 +00004300 // Non-pointers have none gc'able attribute regardless of the attribute
4301 // set on them.
Steve Narofff4954562009-07-16 15:41:00 +00004302 else if (!Ty->isAnyPointerType() && !Ty->isBlockPointerType())
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004303 return Qualifiers::GCNone;
Fariborz Jahanian4fd83ea2009-02-18 21:49:28 +00004304 }
Chris Lattnerb7d25532009-02-18 22:53:11 +00004305 return GCAttrs;
Fariborz Jahanian4fd83ea2009-02-18 21:49:28 +00004306}
4307
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004308//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4309// Type Compatibility Testing
4310//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Chris Lattner770951b2007-11-01 05:03:41 +00004311
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004312/// areCompatVectorTypes - Return true if the two specified vector types are
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004313/// compatible.
4314static bool areCompatVectorTypes(const VectorType *LHS,
4315 const VectorType *RHS) {
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00004316 assert(LHS->isCanonicalUnqualified() && RHS->isCanonicalUnqualified());
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004317 return LHS->getElementType() == RHS->getElementType() &&
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00004318 LHS->getNumElements() == RHS->getNumElements();
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004319}
4320
Douglas Gregor255210e2010-08-06 10:14:59 +00004321bool ASTContext::areCompatibleVectorTypes(QualType FirstVec,
4322 QualType SecondVec) {
4323 assert(FirstVec->isVectorType() && "FirstVec should be a vector type");
4324 assert(SecondVec->isVectorType() && "SecondVec should be a vector type");
4325
4326 if (hasSameUnqualifiedType(FirstVec, SecondVec))
4327 return true;
4328
Bob Wilsonf69eb7c2010-11-12 17:24:54 +00004329 // Treat Neon vector types and most AltiVec vector types as if they are the
4330 // equivalent GCC vector types.
Douglas Gregor255210e2010-08-06 10:14:59 +00004331 const VectorType *First = FirstVec->getAs<VectorType>();
4332 const VectorType *Second = SecondVec->getAs<VectorType>();
Bob Wilsonf69eb7c2010-11-12 17:24:54 +00004333 if (First->getNumElements() == Second->getNumElements() &&
Douglas Gregor255210e2010-08-06 10:14:59 +00004334 hasSameType(First->getElementType(), Second->getElementType()) &&
Bob Wilsonf69eb7c2010-11-12 17:24:54 +00004335 First->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecPixel &&
4336 First->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecBool &&
4337 Second->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecPixel &&
4338 Second->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecBool)
Douglas Gregor255210e2010-08-06 10:14:59 +00004339 return true;
4340
4341 return false;
4342}
4343
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004344//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4345// ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible - Compatibility testing for qualified id's.
4346//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4347
4348/// ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol - return 'true' if 'lProto' is in the
4349/// inheritance hierarchy of 'rProto'.
Fariborz Jahanian0fd89042009-08-11 22:02:25 +00004350bool ASTContext::ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(ObjCProtocolDecl *lProto,
4351 ObjCProtocolDecl *rProto) {
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004352 if (lProto == rProto)
4353 return true;
4354 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator PI = rProto->protocol_begin(),
4355 E = rProto->protocol_end(); PI != E; ++PI)
4356 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lProto, *PI))
4357 return true;
4358 return false;
4359}
4360
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004361/// QualifiedIdConformsQualifiedId - compare id<p,...> with id<p1,...>
4362/// return true if lhs's protocols conform to rhs's protocol; false
4363/// otherwise.
4364bool ASTContext::QualifiedIdConformsQualifiedId(QualType lhs, QualType rhs) {
4365 if (lhs->isObjCQualifiedIdType() && rhs->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
4366 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(lhs, rhs, false);
4367 return false;
4368}
4369
Fariborz Jahaniana8f8dac2010-07-19 22:02:22 +00004370/// ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible - compare Class<p,...> and
4371/// Class<p1, ...>.
4372bool ASTContext::ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible(QualType lhs,
4373 QualType rhs) {
4374 const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsQID = lhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
4375 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsOPT = rhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
4376 assert ((lhsQID && rhsOPT) && "ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible");
4377
4378 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(),
4379 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
4380 bool match = false;
4381 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I;
4382 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsOPT->qual_begin(),
4383 E = rhsOPT->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) {
4384 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J;
4385 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto)) {
4386 match = true;
4387 break;
4388 }
4389 }
4390 if (!match)
4391 return false;
4392 }
4393 return true;
4394}
4395
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004396/// ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible - We know that one of lhs/rhs is an
4397/// ObjCQualifiedIDType.
4398bool ASTContext::ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType lhs, QualType rhs,
4399 bool compare) {
4400 // Allow id<P..> and an 'id' or void* type in all cases.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004401 if (lhs->isVoidPointerType() ||
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004402 lhs->isObjCIdType() || lhs->isObjCClassType())
4403 return true;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004404 else if (rhs->isVoidPointerType() ||
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004405 rhs->isObjCIdType() || rhs->isObjCClassType())
4406 return true;
4407
4408 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsQID = lhs->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004409 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsOPT = rhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004410
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004411 if (!rhsOPT) return false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004412
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004413 if (rhsOPT->qual_empty()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004414 // If the RHS is a unqualified interface pointer "NSString*",
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004415 // make sure we check the class hierarchy.
4416 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *rhsID = rhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) {
4417 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(),
4418 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
4419 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs,
4420 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
4421 // through its super class and categories.
Fariborz Jahanian0fd89042009-08-11 22:02:25 +00004422 if (!rhsID->ClassImplementsProtocol(*I, true))
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004423 return false;
4424 }
4425 }
4426 // If there are no qualifiers and no interface, we have an 'id'.
4427 return true;
4428 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004429 // Both the right and left sides have qualifiers.
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004430 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(),
4431 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
4432 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I;
4433 bool match = false;
4434
4435 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs,
4436 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
4437 // through its super class and categories.
4438 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsOPT->qual_begin(),
4439 E = rhsOPT->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) {
4440 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J;
4441 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) ||
4442 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) {
4443 match = true;
4444 break;
4445 }
4446 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004447 // If the RHS is a qualified interface pointer "NSString<P>*",
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004448 // make sure we check the class hierarchy.
4449 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *rhsID = rhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) {
4450 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(),
4451 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
4452 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs,
4453 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
4454 // through its super class and categories.
Fariborz Jahanian0fd89042009-08-11 22:02:25 +00004455 if (rhsID->ClassImplementsProtocol(*I, true)) {
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004456 match = true;
4457 break;
4458 }
4459 }
4460 }
4461 if (!match)
4462 return false;
4463 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004464
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004465 return true;
4466 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004467
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004468 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsQID = rhs->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType();
4469 assert(rhsQID && "One of the LHS/RHS should be id<x>");
4470
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004471 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsOPT =
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004472 lhs->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType()) {
Fariborz Jahaniande5b17e2010-11-01 20:47:16 +00004473 // If both the right and left sides have qualifiers.
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004474 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsOPT->qual_begin(),
4475 E = lhsOPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
4476 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I;
4477 bool match = false;
4478
Fariborz Jahaniande5b17e2010-11-01 20:47:16 +00004479 // when comparing an id<P> on rhs with a static type on lhs,
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004480 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
4481 // through its super class and categories.
Fariborz Jahaniande5b17e2010-11-01 20:47:16 +00004482 // First, lhs protocols in the qualifier list must be found, direct
4483 // or indirect in rhs's qualifier list or it is a mismatch.
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004484 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsQID->qual_begin(),
4485 E = rhsQID->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) {
4486 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J;
4487 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) ||
4488 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) {
4489 match = true;
4490 break;
4491 }
4492 }
4493 if (!match)
4494 return false;
4495 }
Fariborz Jahaniande5b17e2010-11-01 20:47:16 +00004496
4497 // Static class's protocols, or its super class or category protocols
4498 // must be found, direct or indirect in rhs's qualifier list or it is a mismatch.
4499 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *lhsID = lhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) {
4500 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> LHSInheritedProtocols;
4501 CollectInheritedProtocols(lhsID, LHSInheritedProtocols);
4502 // This is rather dubious but matches gcc's behavior. If lhs has
4503 // no type qualifier and its class has no static protocol(s)
4504 // assume that it is mismatch.
4505 if (LHSInheritedProtocols.empty() && lhsOPT->qual_empty())
4506 return false;
4507 for (llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*,8>::iterator I =
4508 LHSInheritedProtocols.begin(),
4509 E = LHSInheritedProtocols.end(); I != E; ++I) {
4510 bool match = false;
4511 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = (*I);
4512 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsQID->qual_begin(),
4513 E = rhsQID->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) {
4514 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J;
4515 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) ||
4516 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) {
4517 match = true;
4518 break;
4519 }
4520 }
4521 if (!match)
4522 return false;
4523 }
4524 }
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004525 return true;
4526 }
4527 return false;
4528}
4529
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004530/// canAssignObjCInterfaces - Return true if the two interface types are
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004531/// compatible for assignment from RHS to LHS. This handles validation of any
4532/// protocol qualifiers on the LHS or RHS.
4533///
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004534bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfaces(const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT,
4535 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT) {
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004536 const ObjCObjectType* LHS = LHSOPT->getObjectType();
4537 const ObjCObjectType* RHS = RHSOPT->getObjectType();
4538
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +00004539 // If either type represents the built-in 'id' or 'Class' types, return true.
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004540 if (LHS->isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass() ||
4541 RHS->isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass())
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004542 return true;
4543
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004544 if (LHS->isObjCQualifiedId() || RHS->isObjCQualifiedId())
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004545 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0),
4546 QualType(RHSOPT,0),
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004547 false);
Fariborz Jahaniana8f8dac2010-07-19 22:02:22 +00004548
4549 if (LHS->isObjCQualifiedClass() && RHS->isObjCQualifiedClass())
4550 return ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0),
4551 QualType(RHSOPT,0));
4552
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004553 // If we have 2 user-defined types, fall into that path.
4554 if (LHS->getInterface() && RHS->getInterface())
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004555 return canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS, RHS);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004556
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004557 return false;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004558}
4559
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00004560/// canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer - This routine is specifically written
4561/// for providing type-safty for objective-c pointers used to pass/return
4562/// arguments in block literals. When passed as arguments, passing 'A*' where
4563/// 'id' is expected is not OK. Passing 'Sub *" where 'Super *" is expected is
4564/// not OK. For the return type, the opposite is not OK.
4565bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer(
4566 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT,
4567 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT) {
Fariborz Jahaniana9834482010-04-06 17:23:39 +00004568 if (RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() || LHSOPT->isObjCIdType())
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00004569 return true;
4570
4571 if (LHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType()) {
4572 return RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() || RHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType();
4573 }
4574
Fariborz Jahaniana9834482010-04-06 17:23:39 +00004575 if (LHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || RHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00004576 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0),
4577 QualType(RHSOPT,0),
4578 false);
4579
4580 const ObjCInterfaceType* LHS = LHSOPT->getInterfaceType();
4581 const ObjCInterfaceType* RHS = RHSOPT->getInterfaceType();
4582 if (LHS && RHS) { // We have 2 user-defined types.
4583 if (LHS != RHS) {
4584 if (LHS->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getDecl()))
4585 return false;
4586 if (RHS->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(LHS->getDecl()))
4587 return true;
4588 }
4589 else
4590 return true;
4591 }
4592 return false;
4593}
4594
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00004595/// getIntersectionOfProtocols - This routine finds the intersection of set
4596/// of protocols inherited from two distinct objective-c pointer objects.
4597/// It is used to build composite qualifier list of the composite type of
4598/// the conditional expression involving two objective-c pointer objects.
4599static
4600void getIntersectionOfProtocols(ASTContext &Context,
4601 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT,
4602 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT,
4603 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<ObjCProtocolDecl *> &IntersectionOfProtocols) {
4604
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004605 const ObjCObjectType* LHS = LHSOPT->getObjectType();
4606 const ObjCObjectType* RHS = RHSOPT->getObjectType();
4607 assert(LHS->getInterface() && "LHS must have an interface base");
4608 assert(RHS->getInterface() && "RHS must have an interface base");
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00004609
4610 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> InheritedProtocolSet;
4611 unsigned LHSNumProtocols = LHS->getNumProtocols();
4612 if (LHSNumProtocols > 0)
4613 InheritedProtocolSet.insert(LHS->qual_begin(), LHS->qual_end());
4614 else {
Fariborz Jahanian432a8892010-02-12 19:27:33 +00004615 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> LHSInheritedProtocols;
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004616 Context.CollectInheritedProtocols(LHS->getInterface(),
4617 LHSInheritedProtocols);
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00004618 InheritedProtocolSet.insert(LHSInheritedProtocols.begin(),
4619 LHSInheritedProtocols.end());
4620 }
4621
4622 unsigned RHSNumProtocols = RHS->getNumProtocols();
4623 if (RHSNumProtocols > 0) {
Dan Gohmancb421fa2010-04-19 16:39:44 +00004624 ObjCProtocolDecl **RHSProtocols =
4625 const_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl **>(RHS->qual_begin());
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00004626 for (unsigned i = 0; i < RHSNumProtocols; ++i)
4627 if (InheritedProtocolSet.count(RHSProtocols[i]))
4628 IntersectionOfProtocols.push_back(RHSProtocols[i]);
4629 }
4630 else {
Fariborz Jahanian432a8892010-02-12 19:27:33 +00004631 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> RHSInheritedProtocols;
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004632 Context.CollectInheritedProtocols(RHS->getInterface(),
4633 RHSInheritedProtocols);
Fariborz Jahanian432a8892010-02-12 19:27:33 +00004634 for (llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*,8>::iterator I =
4635 RHSInheritedProtocols.begin(),
4636 E = RHSInheritedProtocols.end(); I != E; ++I)
4637 if (InheritedProtocolSet.count((*I)))
4638 IntersectionOfProtocols.push_back((*I));
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00004639 }
4640}
4641
Fariborz Jahaniandb07b3f2009-10-27 23:02:38 +00004642/// areCommonBaseCompatible - Returns common base class of the two classes if
4643/// one found. Note that this is O'2 algorithm. But it will be called as the
4644/// last type comparison in a ?-exp of ObjC pointer types before a
4645/// warning is issued. So, its invokation is extremely rare.
4646QualType ASTContext::areCommonBaseCompatible(
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004647 const ObjCObjectPointerType *Lptr,
4648 const ObjCObjectPointerType *Rptr) {
4649 const ObjCObjectType *LHS = Lptr->getObjectType();
4650 const ObjCObjectType *RHS = Rptr->getObjectType();
4651 const ObjCInterfaceDecl* LDecl = LHS->getInterface();
4652 const ObjCInterfaceDecl* RDecl = RHS->getInterface();
4653 if (!LDecl || !RDecl)
Fariborz Jahaniandb07b3f2009-10-27 23:02:38 +00004654 return QualType();
4655
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004656 while ((LDecl = LDecl->getSuperClass())) {
4657 LHS = cast<ObjCInterfaceType>(getObjCInterfaceType(LDecl));
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00004658 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS, RHS)) {
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004659 llvm::SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> Protocols;
4660 getIntersectionOfProtocols(*this, Lptr, Rptr, Protocols);
4661
4662 QualType Result = QualType(LHS, 0);
4663 if (!Protocols.empty())
4664 Result = getObjCObjectType(Result, Protocols.data(), Protocols.size());
4665 Result = getObjCObjectPointerType(Result);
4666 return Result;
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00004667 }
Fariborz Jahaniandb07b3f2009-10-27 23:02:38 +00004668 }
4669
4670 return QualType();
4671}
4672
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004673bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfaces(const ObjCObjectType *LHS,
4674 const ObjCObjectType *RHS) {
4675 assert(LHS->getInterface() && "LHS is not an interface type");
4676 assert(RHS->getInterface() && "RHS is not an interface type");
4677
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004678 // Verify that the base decls are compatible: the RHS must be a subclass of
4679 // the LHS.
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004680 if (!LHS->getInterface()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getInterface()))
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004681 return false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004682
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004683 // RHS must have a superset of the protocols in the LHS. If the LHS is not
4684 // protocol qualified at all, then we are good.
Steve Naroffc15cb2a2009-07-18 15:33:26 +00004685 if (LHS->getNumProtocols() == 0)
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004686 return true;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004687
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004688 // Okay, we know the LHS has protocol qualifiers. If the RHS doesn't, then it
4689 // isn't a superset.
Steve Naroffc15cb2a2009-07-18 15:33:26 +00004690 if (RHS->getNumProtocols() == 0)
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004691 return true; // FIXME: should return false!
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004692
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004693 for (ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator LHSPI = LHS->qual_begin(),
4694 LHSPE = LHS->qual_end();
Steve Naroff91b0b0c2009-03-01 16:12:44 +00004695 LHSPI != LHSPE; LHSPI++) {
4696 bool RHSImplementsProtocol = false;
4697
4698 // If the RHS doesn't implement the protocol on the left, the types
4699 // are incompatible.
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004700 for (ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator RHSPI = RHS->qual_begin(),
4701 RHSPE = RHS->qual_end();
Steve Naroff8f167562009-07-16 16:21:02 +00004702 RHSPI != RHSPE; RHSPI++) {
4703 if ((*RHSPI)->lookupProtocolNamed((*LHSPI)->getIdentifier())) {
Steve Naroff91b0b0c2009-03-01 16:12:44 +00004704 RHSImplementsProtocol = true;
Steve Naroff8f167562009-07-16 16:21:02 +00004705 break;
4706 }
Steve Naroff91b0b0c2009-03-01 16:12:44 +00004707 }
4708 // FIXME: For better diagnostics, consider passing back the protocol name.
4709 if (!RHSImplementsProtocol)
4710 return false;
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004711 }
Steve Naroff91b0b0c2009-03-01 16:12:44 +00004712 // The RHS implements all protocols listed on the LHS.
4713 return true;
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004714}
4715
Steve Naroff389bf462009-02-12 17:52:19 +00004716bool ASTContext::areComparableObjCPointerTypes(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
4717 // get the "pointed to" types
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004718 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
4719 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004720
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004721 if (!LHSOPT || !RHSOPT)
Steve Naroff389bf462009-02-12 17:52:19 +00004722 return false;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004723
4724 return canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSOPT, RHSOPT) ||
4725 canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSOPT, LHSOPT);
Steve Naroff389bf462009-02-12 17:52:19 +00004726}
4727
Douglas Gregor569c3162010-08-07 11:51:51 +00004728bool ASTContext::canBindObjCObjectType(QualType To, QualType From) {
4729 return canAssignObjCInterfaces(
4730 getObjCObjectPointerType(To)->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(),
4731 getObjCObjectPointerType(From)->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>());
4732}
4733
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004734/// typesAreCompatible - C99 6.7.3p9: For two qualified types to be compatible,
Steve Naroffec0550f2007-10-15 20:41:53 +00004735/// both shall have the identically qualified version of a compatible type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004736/// C99 6.2.7p1: Two types have compatible types if their types are the
Steve Naroffec0550f2007-10-15 20:41:53 +00004737/// same. See 6.7.[2,3,5] for additional rules.
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00004738bool ASTContext::typesAreCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS,
4739 bool CompareUnqualified) {
Douglas Gregor0e709ab2010-02-03 21:02:30 +00004740 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
4741 return hasSameType(LHS, RHS);
4742
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00004743 return !mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, false, CompareUnqualified).isNull();
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004744}
4745
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00004746bool ASTContext::typesAreBlockPointerCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
4747 return !mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, true).isNull();
4748}
4749
Peter Collingbourne48466752010-10-24 18:30:18 +00004750/// mergeTransparentUnionType - if T is a transparent union type and a member
4751/// of T is compatible with SubType, return the merged type, else return
4752/// QualType()
4753QualType ASTContext::mergeTransparentUnionType(QualType T, QualType SubType,
4754 bool OfBlockPointer,
4755 bool Unqualified) {
4756 if (const RecordType *UT = T->getAsUnionType()) {
4757 RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl();
4758 if (UD->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>()) {
4759 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator it = UD->field_begin(),
4760 itend = UD->field_end(); it != itend; ++it) {
Peter Collingbournef91d7572010-12-02 21:00:06 +00004761 QualType ET = it->getType().getUnqualifiedType();
Peter Collingbourne48466752010-10-24 18:30:18 +00004762 QualType MT = mergeTypes(ET, SubType, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified);
4763 if (!MT.isNull())
4764 return MT;
4765 }
4766 }
4767 }
4768
4769 return QualType();
4770}
4771
4772/// mergeFunctionArgumentTypes - merge two types which appear as function
4773/// argument types
4774QualType ASTContext::mergeFunctionArgumentTypes(QualType lhs, QualType rhs,
4775 bool OfBlockPointer,
4776 bool Unqualified) {
4777 // GNU extension: two types are compatible if they appear as a function
4778 // argument, one of the types is a transparent union type and the other
4779 // type is compatible with a union member
4780 QualType lmerge = mergeTransparentUnionType(lhs, rhs, OfBlockPointer,
4781 Unqualified);
4782 if (!lmerge.isNull())
4783 return lmerge;
4784
4785 QualType rmerge = mergeTransparentUnionType(rhs, lhs, OfBlockPointer,
4786 Unqualified);
4787 if (!rmerge.isNull())
4788 return rmerge;
4789
4790 return mergeTypes(lhs, rhs, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified);
4791}
4792
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00004793QualType ASTContext::mergeFunctionTypes(QualType lhs, QualType rhs,
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00004794 bool OfBlockPointer,
4795 bool Unqualified) {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004796 const FunctionType *lbase = lhs->getAs<FunctionType>();
4797 const FunctionType *rbase = rhs->getAs<FunctionType>();
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004798 const FunctionProtoType *lproto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(lbase);
4799 const FunctionProtoType *rproto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(rbase);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004800 bool allLTypes = true;
4801 bool allRTypes = true;
4802
4803 // Check return type
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00004804 QualType retType;
4805 if (OfBlockPointer)
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00004806 retType = mergeTypes(rbase->getResultType(), lbase->getResultType(), true,
4807 Unqualified);
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00004808 else
John McCall8cc246c2010-12-15 01:06:38 +00004809 retType = mergeTypes(lbase->getResultType(), rbase->getResultType(), false,
4810 Unqualified);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004811 if (retType.isNull()) return QualType();
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00004812
4813 if (Unqualified)
4814 retType = retType.getUnqualifiedType();
4815
4816 CanQualType LRetType = getCanonicalType(lbase->getResultType());
4817 CanQualType RRetType = getCanonicalType(rbase->getResultType());
4818 if (Unqualified) {
4819 LRetType = LRetType.getUnqualifiedType();
4820 RRetType = RRetType.getUnqualifiedType();
4821 }
4822
4823 if (getCanonicalType(retType) != LRetType)
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00004824 allLTypes = false;
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00004825 if (getCanonicalType(retType) != RRetType)
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00004826 allRTypes = false;
John McCall8cc246c2010-12-15 01:06:38 +00004827
Daniel Dunbar6a15c852010-04-28 16:20:58 +00004828 // FIXME: double check this
4829 // FIXME: should we error if lbase->getRegParmAttr() != 0 &&
4830 // rbase->getRegParmAttr() != 0 &&
4831 // lbase->getRegParmAttr() != rbase->getRegParmAttr()?
Rafael Espindola264ba482010-03-30 20:24:48 +00004832 FunctionType::ExtInfo lbaseInfo = lbase->getExtInfo();
4833 FunctionType::ExtInfo rbaseInfo = rbase->getExtInfo();
John McCall8cc246c2010-12-15 01:06:38 +00004834
Douglas Gregorab8bbf42010-01-18 17:14:39 +00004835 // Compatible functions must have compatible calling conventions
John McCall8cc246c2010-12-15 01:06:38 +00004836 if (!isSameCallConv(lbaseInfo.getCC(), rbaseInfo.getCC()))
Douglas Gregorab8bbf42010-01-18 17:14:39 +00004837 return QualType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004838
John McCall8cc246c2010-12-15 01:06:38 +00004839 // Regparm is part of the calling convention.
4840 if (lbaseInfo.getRegParm() != rbaseInfo.getRegParm())
4841 return QualType();
4842
4843 // It's noreturn if either type is.
4844 // FIXME: some uses, e.g. conditional exprs, really want this to be 'both'.
4845 bool NoReturn = lbaseInfo.getNoReturn() || rbaseInfo.getNoReturn();
4846 if (NoReturn != lbaseInfo.getNoReturn())
4847 allLTypes = false;
4848 if (NoReturn != rbaseInfo.getNoReturn())
4849 allRTypes = false;
4850
4851 FunctionType::ExtInfo einfo(NoReturn,
4852 lbaseInfo.getRegParm(),
4853 lbaseInfo.getCC());
John McCalle23cf432010-12-14 08:05:40 +00004854
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004855 if (lproto && rproto) { // two C99 style function prototypes
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00004856 assert(!lproto->hasExceptionSpec() && !rproto->hasExceptionSpec() &&
4857 "C++ shouldn't be here");
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004858 unsigned lproto_nargs = lproto->getNumArgs();
4859 unsigned rproto_nargs = rproto->getNumArgs();
4860
4861 // Compatible functions must have the same number of arguments
4862 if (lproto_nargs != rproto_nargs)
4863 return QualType();
4864
4865 // Variadic and non-variadic functions aren't compatible
4866 if (lproto->isVariadic() != rproto->isVariadic())
4867 return QualType();
4868
Argyrios Kyrtzidis7fb5e482008-10-26 16:43:14 +00004869 if (lproto->getTypeQuals() != rproto->getTypeQuals())
4870 return QualType();
4871
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004872 // Check argument compatibility
4873 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 10> types;
4874 for (unsigned i = 0; i < lproto_nargs; i++) {
4875 QualType largtype = lproto->getArgType(i).getUnqualifiedType();
4876 QualType rargtype = rproto->getArgType(i).getUnqualifiedType();
Peter Collingbourne48466752010-10-24 18:30:18 +00004877 QualType argtype = mergeFunctionArgumentTypes(largtype, rargtype,
4878 OfBlockPointer,
4879 Unqualified);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004880 if (argtype.isNull()) return QualType();
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00004881
4882 if (Unqualified)
4883 argtype = argtype.getUnqualifiedType();
4884
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004885 types.push_back(argtype);
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00004886 if (Unqualified) {
4887 largtype = largtype.getUnqualifiedType();
4888 rargtype = rargtype.getUnqualifiedType();
4889 }
4890
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00004891 if (getCanonicalType(argtype) != getCanonicalType(largtype))
4892 allLTypes = false;
4893 if (getCanonicalType(argtype) != getCanonicalType(rargtype))
4894 allRTypes = false;
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004895 }
4896 if (allLTypes) return lhs;
4897 if (allRTypes) return rhs;
John McCalle23cf432010-12-14 08:05:40 +00004898
4899 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = lproto->getExtProtoInfo();
4900 EPI.ExtInfo = einfo;
4901 return getFunctionType(retType, types.begin(), types.size(), EPI);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004902 }
4903
4904 if (lproto) allRTypes = false;
4905 if (rproto) allLTypes = false;
4906
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004907 const FunctionProtoType *proto = lproto ? lproto : rproto;
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004908 if (proto) {
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00004909 assert(!proto->hasExceptionSpec() && "C++ shouldn't be here");
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004910 if (proto->isVariadic()) return QualType();
4911 // Check that the types are compatible with the types that
4912 // would result from default argument promotions (C99 6.7.5.3p15).
4913 // The only types actually affected are promotable integer
4914 // types and floats, which would be passed as a different
4915 // type depending on whether the prototype is visible.
4916 unsigned proto_nargs = proto->getNumArgs();
4917 for (unsigned i = 0; i < proto_nargs; ++i) {
4918 QualType argTy = proto->getArgType(i);
Douglas Gregorb0f8eac2010-02-03 19:27:29 +00004919
4920 // Look at the promotion type of enum types, since that is the type used
4921 // to pass enum values.
4922 if (const EnumType *Enum = argTy->getAs<EnumType>())
4923 argTy = Enum->getDecl()->getPromotionType();
4924
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004925 if (argTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ||
4926 getCanonicalType(argTy).getUnqualifiedType() == FloatTy)
4927 return QualType();
4928 }
4929
4930 if (allLTypes) return lhs;
4931 if (allRTypes) return rhs;
John McCalle23cf432010-12-14 08:05:40 +00004932
4933 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = proto->getExtProtoInfo();
4934 EPI.ExtInfo = einfo;
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004935 return getFunctionType(retType, proto->arg_type_begin(),
John McCalle23cf432010-12-14 08:05:40 +00004936 proto->getNumArgs(), EPI);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004937 }
4938
4939 if (allLTypes) return lhs;
4940 if (allRTypes) return rhs;
John McCall8cc246c2010-12-15 01:06:38 +00004941 return getFunctionNoProtoType(retType, einfo);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004942}
4943
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00004944QualType ASTContext::mergeTypes(QualType LHS, QualType RHS,
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00004945 bool OfBlockPointer,
4946 bool Unqualified) {
Bill Wendling43d69752007-12-03 07:33:35 +00004947 // C++ [expr]: If an expression initially has the type "reference to T", the
4948 // type is adjusted to "T" prior to any further analysis, the expression
4949 // designates the object or function denoted by the reference, and the
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00004950 // expression is an lvalue unless the reference is an rvalue reference and
4951 // the expression is a function call (possibly inside parentheses).
Douglas Gregor0e709ab2010-02-03 21:02:30 +00004952 assert(!LHS->getAs<ReferenceType>() && "LHS is a reference type?");
4953 assert(!RHS->getAs<ReferenceType>() && "RHS is a reference type?");
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00004954
4955 if (Unqualified) {
4956 LHS = LHS.getUnqualifiedType();
4957 RHS = RHS.getUnqualifiedType();
4958 }
Douglas Gregor0e709ab2010-02-03 21:02:30 +00004959
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004960 QualType LHSCan = getCanonicalType(LHS),
4961 RHSCan = getCanonicalType(RHS);
4962
4963 // If two types are identical, they are compatible.
4964 if (LHSCan == RHSCan)
4965 return LHS;
4966
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004967 // If the qualifiers are different, the types aren't compatible... mostly.
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +00004968 Qualifiers LQuals = LHSCan.getLocalQualifiers();
4969 Qualifiers RQuals = RHSCan.getLocalQualifiers();
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004970 if (LQuals != RQuals) {
4971 // If any of these qualifiers are different, we have a type
4972 // mismatch.
4973 if (LQuals.getCVRQualifiers() != RQuals.getCVRQualifiers() ||
4974 LQuals.getAddressSpace() != RQuals.getAddressSpace())
4975 return QualType();
4976
4977 // Exactly one GC qualifier difference is allowed: __strong is
4978 // okay if the other type has no GC qualifier but is an Objective
4979 // C object pointer (i.e. implicitly strong by default). We fix
4980 // this by pretending that the unqualified type was actually
4981 // qualified __strong.
4982 Qualifiers::GC GC_L = LQuals.getObjCGCAttr();
4983 Qualifiers::GC GC_R = RQuals.getObjCGCAttr();
4984 assert((GC_L != GC_R) && "unequal qualifier sets had only equal elements");
4985
4986 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Weak || GC_R == Qualifiers::Weak)
4987 return QualType();
4988
4989 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Strong && RHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
4990 return mergeTypes(LHS, getObjCGCQualType(RHS, Qualifiers::Strong));
4991 }
4992 if (GC_R == Qualifiers::Strong && LHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
4993 return mergeTypes(getObjCGCQualType(LHS, Qualifiers::Strong), RHS);
4994 }
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004995 return QualType();
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004996 }
4997
4998 // Okay, qualifiers are equal.
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004999
Eli Friedman852d63b2009-06-01 01:22:52 +00005000 Type::TypeClass LHSClass = LHSCan->getTypeClass();
5001 Type::TypeClass RHSClass = RHSCan->getTypeClass();
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005002
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00005003 // We want to consider the two function types to be the same for these
5004 // comparisons, just force one to the other.
5005 if (LHSClass == Type::FunctionProto) LHSClass = Type::FunctionNoProto;
5006 if (RHSClass == Type::FunctionProto) RHSClass = Type::FunctionNoProto;
Eli Friedman4c721d32008-02-12 08:23:06 +00005007
5008 // Same as above for arrays
Chris Lattnera36a61f2008-04-07 05:43:21 +00005009 if (LHSClass == Type::VariableArray || LHSClass == Type::IncompleteArray)
5010 LHSClass = Type::ConstantArray;
5011 if (RHSClass == Type::VariableArray || RHSClass == Type::IncompleteArray)
5012 RHSClass = Type::ConstantArray;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005013
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00005014 // ObjCInterfaces are just specialized ObjCObjects.
5015 if (LHSClass == Type::ObjCInterface) LHSClass = Type::ObjCObject;
5016 if (RHSClass == Type::ObjCInterface) RHSClass = Type::ObjCObject;
5017
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00005018 // Canonicalize ExtVector -> Vector.
5019 if (LHSClass == Type::ExtVector) LHSClass = Type::Vector;
5020 if (RHSClass == Type::ExtVector) RHSClass = Type::Vector;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005021
Chris Lattnera36a61f2008-04-07 05:43:21 +00005022 // If the canonical type classes don't match.
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00005023 if (LHSClass != RHSClass) {
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00005024 // C99 6.7.2.2p4: Each enumerated type shall be compatible with char,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005025 // a signed integer type, or an unsigned integer type.
John McCall842aef82009-12-09 09:09:27 +00005026 // Compatibility is based on the underlying type, not the promotion
5027 // type.
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005028 if (const EnumType* ETy = LHS->getAs<EnumType>()) {
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005029 if (ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType() == RHSCan.getUnqualifiedType())
5030 return RHS;
Eli Friedmanbab96962008-02-12 08:46:17 +00005031 }
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005032 if (const EnumType* ETy = RHS->getAs<EnumType>()) {
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005033 if (ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType() == LHSCan.getUnqualifiedType())
5034 return LHS;
Eli Friedmanbab96962008-02-12 08:46:17 +00005035 }
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00005036
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005037 return QualType();
Steve Naroffec0550f2007-10-15 20:41:53 +00005038 }
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005039
Steve Naroff4a746782008-01-09 22:43:08 +00005040 // The canonical type classes match.
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00005041 switch (LHSClass) {
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00005042#define TYPE(Class, Base)
5043#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base)
John McCallad5e7382010-03-01 23:49:17 +00005044#define NON_CANONICAL_UNLESS_DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00005045#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
5046#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
5047#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
5048 assert(false && "Non-canonical and dependent types shouldn't get here");
5049 return QualType();
5050
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00005051 case Type::LValueReference:
5052 case Type::RValueReference:
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00005053 case Type::MemberPointer:
5054 assert(false && "C++ should never be in mergeTypes");
5055 return QualType();
5056
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00005057 case Type::ObjCInterface:
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00005058 case Type::IncompleteArray:
5059 case Type::VariableArray:
5060 case Type::FunctionProto:
5061 case Type::ExtVector:
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00005062 assert(false && "Types are eliminated above");
5063 return QualType();
5064
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00005065 case Type::Pointer:
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005066 {
5067 // Merge two pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005068 QualType LHSPointee = LHS->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
5069 QualType RHSPointee = RHS->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00005070 if (Unqualified) {
5071 LHSPointee = LHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType();
5072 RHSPointee = RHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType();
5073 }
5074 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSPointee, RHSPointee, false,
5075 Unqualified);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005076 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType();
Eli Friedman07d25872009-06-02 05:28:56 +00005077 if (getCanonicalType(LHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00005078 return LHS;
Eli Friedman07d25872009-06-02 05:28:56 +00005079 if (getCanonicalType(RHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00005080 return RHS;
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005081 return getPointerType(ResultType);
5082 }
Steve Naroffc0febd52008-12-10 17:49:55 +00005083 case Type::BlockPointer:
5084 {
5085 // Merge two block pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005086 QualType LHSPointee = LHS->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
5087 QualType RHSPointee = RHS->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00005088 if (Unqualified) {
5089 LHSPointee = LHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType();
5090 RHSPointee = RHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType();
5091 }
5092 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSPointee, RHSPointee, OfBlockPointer,
5093 Unqualified);
Steve Naroffc0febd52008-12-10 17:49:55 +00005094 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType();
5095 if (getCanonicalType(LHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
5096 return LHS;
5097 if (getCanonicalType(RHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
5098 return RHS;
5099 return getBlockPointerType(ResultType);
5100 }
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00005101 case Type::ConstantArray:
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005102 {
5103 const ConstantArrayType* LCAT = getAsConstantArrayType(LHS);
5104 const ConstantArrayType* RCAT = getAsConstantArrayType(RHS);
5105 if (LCAT && RCAT && RCAT->getSize() != LCAT->getSize())
5106 return QualType();
5107
5108 QualType LHSElem = getAsArrayType(LHS)->getElementType();
5109 QualType RHSElem = getAsArrayType(RHS)->getElementType();
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00005110 if (Unqualified) {
5111 LHSElem = LHSElem.getUnqualifiedType();
5112 RHSElem = RHSElem.getUnqualifiedType();
5113 }
5114
5115 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSElem, RHSElem, false, Unqualified);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005116 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType();
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00005117 if (LCAT && getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
5118 return LHS;
5119 if (RCAT && getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
5120 return RHS;
Eli Friedman3bc0f452008-08-22 01:48:21 +00005121 if (LCAT) return getConstantArrayType(ResultType, LCAT->getSize(),
5122 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0);
5123 if (RCAT) return getConstantArrayType(ResultType, RCAT->getSize(),
5124 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005125 const VariableArrayType* LVAT = getAsVariableArrayType(LHS);
5126 const VariableArrayType* RVAT = getAsVariableArrayType(RHS);
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00005127 if (LVAT && getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
5128 return LHS;
5129 if (RVAT && getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
5130 return RHS;
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005131 if (LVAT) {
5132 // FIXME: This isn't correct! But tricky to implement because
5133 // the array's size has to be the size of LHS, but the type
5134 // has to be different.
5135 return LHS;
5136 }
5137 if (RVAT) {
5138 // FIXME: This isn't correct! But tricky to implement because
5139 // the array's size has to be the size of RHS, but the type
5140 // has to be different.
5141 return RHS;
5142 }
Eli Friedman3bc0f452008-08-22 01:48:21 +00005143 if (getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) return LHS;
5144 if (getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) return RHS;
Douglas Gregor7e7eb3d2009-07-06 15:59:29 +00005145 return getIncompleteArrayType(ResultType,
5146 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005147 }
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00005148 case Type::FunctionNoProto:
Douglas Gregor447234d2010-07-29 15:18:02 +00005149 return mergeFunctionTypes(LHS, RHS, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified);
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00005150 case Type::Record:
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00005151 case Type::Enum:
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005152 return QualType();
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00005153 case Type::Builtin:
Chris Lattner3cc4c0c2008-04-07 05:55:38 +00005154 // Only exactly equal builtin types are compatible, which is tested above.
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005155 return QualType();
Daniel Dunbar64cfdb72009-01-28 21:22:12 +00005156 case Type::Complex:
5157 // Distinct complex types are incompatible.
5158 return QualType();
Chris Lattner3cc4c0c2008-04-07 05:55:38 +00005159 case Type::Vector:
Eli Friedman5a61f0e2009-02-27 23:04:43 +00005160 // FIXME: The merged type should be an ExtVector!
John McCall1c471f32010-03-12 23:14:13 +00005161 if (areCompatVectorTypes(LHSCan->getAs<VectorType>(),
5162 RHSCan->getAs<VectorType>()))
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005163 return LHS;
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00005164 return QualType();
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00005165 case Type::ObjCObject: {
5166 // Check if the types are assignment compatible.
Eli Friedman5a61f0e2009-02-27 23:04:43 +00005167 // FIXME: This should be type compatibility, e.g. whether
5168 // "LHS x; RHS x;" at global scope is legal.
John McCallc12c5bb2010-05-15 11:32:37 +00005169 const ObjCObjectType* LHSIface = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectType>();
5170 const ObjCObjectType* RHSIface = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectType>();
5171 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSIface, RHSIface))
Steve Naroff5fd659d2009-02-21 16:18:07 +00005172 return LHS;
5173
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005174 return QualType();
Cedric Venet61490e92009-02-21 17:14:49 +00005175 }
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005176 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: {
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00005177 if (OfBlockPointer) {
5178 if (canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer(
5179 LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(),
5180 RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()))
5181 return LHS;
5182 return QualType();
5183 }
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005184 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(),
5185 RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()))
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005186 return LHS;
5187
Steve Naroffbc76dd02008-12-10 22:14:21 +00005188 return QualType();
Fariborz Jahanian132f2a22010-03-17 00:20:01 +00005189 }
Steve Naroffec0550f2007-10-15 20:41:53 +00005190 }
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00005191
5192 return QualType();
Steve Naroffec0550f2007-10-15 20:41:53 +00005193}
Ted Kremenek7192f8e2007-10-31 17:10:13 +00005194
Fariborz Jahanian2390a722010-05-19 21:37:30 +00005195/// mergeObjCGCQualifiers - This routine merges ObjC's GC attribute of 'LHS' and
5196/// 'RHS' attributes and returns the merged version; including for function
5197/// return types.
5198QualType ASTContext::mergeObjCGCQualifiers(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
5199 QualType LHSCan = getCanonicalType(LHS),
5200 RHSCan = getCanonicalType(RHS);
5201 // If two types are identical, they are compatible.
5202 if (LHSCan == RHSCan)
5203 return LHS;
5204 if (RHSCan->isFunctionType()) {
5205 if (!LHSCan->isFunctionType())
5206 return QualType();
5207 QualType OldReturnType =
5208 cast<FunctionType>(RHSCan.getTypePtr())->getResultType();
5209 QualType NewReturnType =
5210 cast<FunctionType>(LHSCan.getTypePtr())->getResultType();
5211 QualType ResReturnType =
5212 mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewReturnType, OldReturnType);
5213 if (ResReturnType.isNull())
5214 return QualType();
5215 if (ResReturnType == NewReturnType || ResReturnType == OldReturnType) {
5216 // id foo(); ... __strong id foo(); or: __strong id foo(); ... id foo();
5217 // In either case, use OldReturnType to build the new function type.
5218 const FunctionType *F = LHS->getAs<FunctionType>();
5219 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = cast<FunctionProtoType>(F)) {
John McCalle23cf432010-12-14 08:05:40 +00005220 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo();
5221 EPI.ExtInfo = getFunctionExtInfo(LHS);
Fariborz Jahanian2390a722010-05-19 21:37:30 +00005222 QualType ResultType
5223 = getFunctionType(OldReturnType, FPT->arg_type_begin(),
John McCalle23cf432010-12-14 08:05:40 +00005224 FPT->getNumArgs(), EPI);
Fariborz Jahanian2390a722010-05-19 21:37:30 +00005225 return ResultType;
5226 }
5227 }
5228 return QualType();
5229 }
5230
5231 // If the qualifiers are different, the types can still be merged.
5232 Qualifiers LQuals = LHSCan.getLocalQualifiers();
5233 Qualifiers RQuals = RHSCan.getLocalQualifiers();
5234 if (LQuals != RQuals) {
5235 // If any of these qualifiers are different, we have a type mismatch.
5236 if (LQuals.getCVRQualifiers() != RQuals.getCVRQualifiers() ||
5237 LQuals.getAddressSpace() != RQuals.getAddressSpace())
5238 return QualType();
5239
5240 // Exactly one GC qualifier difference is allowed: __strong is
5241 // okay if the other type has no GC qualifier but is an Objective
5242 // C object pointer (i.e. implicitly strong by default). We fix
5243 // this by pretending that the unqualified type was actually
5244 // qualified __strong.
5245 Qualifiers::GC GC_L = LQuals.getObjCGCAttr();
5246 Qualifiers::GC GC_R = RQuals.getObjCGCAttr();
5247 assert((GC_L != GC_R) && "unequal qualifier sets had only equal elements");
5248
5249 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Weak || GC_R == Qualifiers::Weak)
5250 return QualType();
5251
5252 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Strong)
5253 return LHS;
5254 if (GC_R == Qualifiers::Strong)
5255 return RHS;
5256 return QualType();
5257 }
5258
5259 if (LHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
5260 QualType LHSBaseQT = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
5261 QualType RHSBaseQT = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
5262 QualType ResQT = mergeObjCGCQualifiers(LHSBaseQT, RHSBaseQT);
5263 if (ResQT == LHSBaseQT)
5264 return LHS;
5265 if (ResQT == RHSBaseQT)
5266 return RHS;
5267 }
5268 return QualType();
5269}
5270
Chris Lattner5426bf62008-04-07 07:01:58 +00005271//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Eli Friedmanad74a752008-06-28 06:23:08 +00005272// Integer Predicates
5273//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Chris Lattner88054de2009-01-16 07:15:35 +00005274
Eli Friedmanad74a752008-06-28 06:23:08 +00005275unsigned ASTContext::getIntWidth(QualType T) {
John McCall842aef82009-12-09 09:09:27 +00005276 if (EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(T))
Eli Friedman29a7f332009-12-10 22:29:29 +00005277 T = ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Douglas Gregor1274ccd2010-10-08 23:50:27 +00005278 if (T->isBooleanType())
5279 return 1;
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00005280 // For builtin types, just use the standard type sizing method
Eli Friedmanad74a752008-06-28 06:23:08 +00005281 return (unsigned)getTypeSize(T);
5282}
5283
5284QualType ASTContext::getCorrespondingUnsignedType(QualType T) {
Douglas Gregorf6094622010-07-23 15:58:24 +00005285 assert(T->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation() && "Unexpected type");
Chris Lattner6a2b9262009-10-17 20:33:28 +00005286
5287 // Turn <4 x signed int> -> <4 x unsigned int>
5288 if (const VectorType *VTy = T->getAs<VectorType>())
5289 return getVectorType(getCorrespondingUnsignedType(VTy->getElementType()),
Bob Wilsone86d78c2010-11-10 21:56:12 +00005290 VTy->getNumElements(), VTy->getVectorKind());
Chris Lattner6a2b9262009-10-17 20:33:28 +00005291
5292 // For enums, we return the unsigned version of the base type.
5293 if (const EnumType *ETy = T->getAs<EnumType>())
Eli Friedmanad74a752008-06-28 06:23:08 +00005294 T = ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Chris Lattner6a2b9262009-10-17 20:33:28 +00005295
5296 const BuiltinType *BTy = T->getAs<BuiltinType>();
5297 assert(BTy && "Unexpected signed integer type");
Eli Friedmanad74a752008-06-28 06:23:08 +00005298 switch (BTy->getKind()) {
5299 case BuiltinType::Char_S:
5300 case BuiltinType::SChar:
5301 return UnsignedCharTy;
5302 case BuiltinType::Short:
5303 return UnsignedShortTy;
5304 case BuiltinType::Int:
5305 return UnsignedIntTy;
5306 case BuiltinType::Long:
5307 return UnsignedLongTy;
5308 case BuiltinType::LongLong:
5309 return UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattner2df9ced2009-04-30 02:43:43 +00005310 case BuiltinType::Int128:
5311 return UnsignedInt128Ty;
Eli Friedmanad74a752008-06-28 06:23:08 +00005312 default:
5313 assert(0 && "Unexpected signed integer type");
5314 return QualType();
5315 }
5316}
5317
Douglas Gregor2cf26342009-04-09 22:27:44 +00005318ExternalASTSource::~ExternalASTSource() { }
5319
5320void ExternalASTSource::PrintStats() { }
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005321
Argyrios Kyrtzidis7b903402010-10-24 17:26:36 +00005322ASTMutationListener::~ASTMutationListener() { }
5323
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005324
5325//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5326// Builtin Type Computation
5327//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5328
5329/// DecodeTypeFromStr - This decodes one type descriptor from Str, advancing the
Chris Lattner33daae62010-10-01 22:42:38 +00005330/// pointer over the consumed characters. This returns the resultant type. If
5331/// AllowTypeModifiers is false then modifier like * are not parsed, just basic
5332/// types. This allows "v2i*" to be parsed as a pointer to a v2i instead of
5333/// a vector of "i*".
Chris Lattner14e0e742010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005334///
5335/// RequiresICE is filled in on return to indicate whether the value is required
5336/// to be an Integer Constant Expression.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005337static QualType DecodeTypeFromStr(const char *&Str, ASTContext &Context,
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005338 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError &Error,
Chris Lattner14e0e742010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005339 bool &RequiresICE,
Chris Lattner33daae62010-10-01 22:42:38 +00005340 bool AllowTypeModifiers) {
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005341 // Modifiers.
5342 int HowLong = 0;
5343 bool Signed = false, Unsigned = false;
Chris Lattner14e0e742010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005344 RequiresICE = false;
Chris Lattner393bd8e2010-10-01 07:13:18 +00005345
Chris Lattner33daae62010-10-01 22:42:38 +00005346 // Read the prefixed modifiers first.
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005347 bool Done = false;
5348 while (!Done) {
5349 switch (*Str++) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005350 default: Done = true; --Str; break;
Chris Lattner393bd8e2010-10-01 07:13:18 +00005351 case 'I':
Chris Lattner14e0e742010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005352 RequiresICE = true;
Chris Lattner393bd8e2010-10-01 07:13:18 +00005353 break;
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005354 case 'S':
5355 assert(!Unsigned && "Can't use both 'S' and 'U' modifiers!");
5356 assert(!Signed && "Can't use 'S' modifier multiple times!");
5357 Signed = true;
5358 break;
5359 case 'U':
5360 assert(!Signed && "Can't use both 'S' and 'U' modifiers!");
5361 assert(!Unsigned && "Can't use 'S' modifier multiple times!");
5362 Unsigned = true;
5363 break;
5364 case 'L':
5365 assert(HowLong <= 2 && "Can't have LLLL modifier");
5366 ++HowLong;
5367 break;
5368 }
5369 }
5370
5371 QualType Type;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005372
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005373 // Read the base type.
5374 switch (*Str++) {
5375 default: assert(0 && "Unknown builtin type letter!");
5376 case 'v':
5377 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned &&
5378 "Bad modifiers used with 'v'!");
5379 Type = Context.VoidTy;
5380 break;
5381 case 'f':
5382 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned &&
5383 "Bad modifiers used with 'f'!");
5384 Type = Context.FloatTy;
5385 break;
5386 case 'd':
5387 assert(HowLong < 2 && !Signed && !Unsigned &&
5388 "Bad modifiers used with 'd'!");
5389 if (HowLong)
5390 Type = Context.LongDoubleTy;
5391 else
5392 Type = Context.DoubleTy;
5393 break;
5394 case 's':
5395 assert(HowLong == 0 && "Bad modifiers used with 's'!");
5396 if (Unsigned)
5397 Type = Context.UnsignedShortTy;
5398 else
5399 Type = Context.ShortTy;
5400 break;
5401 case 'i':
5402 if (HowLong == 3)
5403 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedInt128Ty : Context.Int128Ty;
5404 else if (HowLong == 2)
5405 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy;
5406 else if (HowLong == 1)
5407 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy;
5408 else
5409 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy;
5410 break;
5411 case 'c':
5412 assert(HowLong == 0 && "Bad modifiers used with 'c'!");
5413 if (Signed)
5414 Type = Context.SignedCharTy;
5415 else if (Unsigned)
5416 Type = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
5417 else
5418 Type = Context.CharTy;
5419 break;
5420 case 'b': // boolean
5421 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'b'!");
5422 Type = Context.BoolTy;
5423 break;
5424 case 'z': // size_t.
5425 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'z'!");
5426 Type = Context.getSizeType();
5427 break;
5428 case 'F':
5429 Type = Context.getCFConstantStringType();
5430 break;
Fariborz Jahanianba8bda02010-11-09 21:38:20 +00005431 case 'G':
5432 Type = Context.getObjCIdType();
5433 break;
5434 case 'H':
5435 Type = Context.getObjCSelType();
5436 break;
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005437 case 'a':
5438 Type = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
5439 assert(!Type.isNull() && "builtin va list type not initialized!");
5440 break;
5441 case 'A':
5442 // This is a "reference" to a va_list; however, what exactly
5443 // this means depends on how va_list is defined. There are two
5444 // different kinds of va_list: ones passed by value, and ones
5445 // passed by reference. An example of a by-value va_list is
5446 // x86, where va_list is a char*. An example of by-ref va_list
5447 // is x86-64, where va_list is a __va_list_tag[1]. For x86,
5448 // we want this argument to be a char*&; for x86-64, we want
5449 // it to be a __va_list_tag*.
5450 Type = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
5451 assert(!Type.isNull() && "builtin va list type not initialized!");
Chris Lattner14e0e742010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005452 if (Type->isArrayType())
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005453 Type = Context.getArrayDecayedType(Type);
Chris Lattner14e0e742010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005454 else
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005455 Type = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Type);
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005456 break;
5457 case 'V': {
5458 char *End;
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005459 unsigned NumElements = strtoul(Str, &End, 10);
5460 assert(End != Str && "Missing vector size");
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005461 Str = End;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005462
Chris Lattner14e0e742010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005463 QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error,
5464 RequiresICE, false);
5465 assert(!RequiresICE && "Can't require vector ICE");
Chris Lattner33daae62010-10-01 22:42:38 +00005466
5467 // TODO: No way to make AltiVec vectors in builtins yet.
Chris Lattner788b0fd2010-06-23 06:00:24 +00005468 Type = Context.getVectorType(ElementType, NumElements,
Bob Wilsone86d78c2010-11-10 21:56:12 +00005469 VectorType::GenericVector);
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005470 break;
5471 }
Douglas Gregord3a23b22009-09-28 21:45:01 +00005472 case 'X': {
Chris Lattner14e0e742010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005473 QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error, RequiresICE,
5474 false);
5475 assert(!RequiresICE && "Can't require complex ICE");
Douglas Gregord3a23b22009-09-28 21:45:01 +00005476 Type = Context.getComplexType(ElementType);
5477 break;
5478 }
Chris Lattner9a5a7e72009-07-28 22:49:34 +00005479 case 'P':
Douglas Gregorc29f77b2009-07-07 16:35:42 +00005480 Type = Context.getFILEType();
5481 if (Type.isNull()) {
Mike Stumpf711c412009-07-28 23:57:15 +00005482 Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio;
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005483 return QualType();
5484 }
Mike Stumpfd612db2009-07-28 23:47:15 +00005485 break;
Chris Lattner9a5a7e72009-07-28 22:49:34 +00005486 case 'J':
Mike Stumpf711c412009-07-28 23:57:15 +00005487 if (Signed)
Mike Stump782fa302009-07-28 02:25:19 +00005488 Type = Context.getsigjmp_bufType();
Mike Stumpf711c412009-07-28 23:57:15 +00005489 else
5490 Type = Context.getjmp_bufType();
5491
Mike Stumpfd612db2009-07-28 23:47:15 +00005492 if (Type.isNull()) {
Mike Stumpf711c412009-07-28 23:57:15 +00005493 Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp;
Mike Stumpfd612db2009-07-28 23:47:15 +00005494 return QualType();
5495 }
5496 break;
Mike Stump782fa302009-07-28 02:25:19 +00005497 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005498
Chris Lattner33daae62010-10-01 22:42:38 +00005499 // If there are modifiers and if we're allowed to parse them, go for it.
5500 Done = !AllowTypeModifiers;
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005501 while (!Done) {
John McCall187ab372010-03-12 04:21:28 +00005502 switch (char c = *Str++) {
Chris Lattner33daae62010-10-01 22:42:38 +00005503 default: Done = true; --Str; break;
5504 case '*':
5505 case '&': {
5506 // Both pointers and references can have their pointee types
5507 // qualified with an address space.
5508 char *End;
5509 unsigned AddrSpace = strtoul(Str, &End, 10);
5510 if (End != Str && AddrSpace != 0) {
5511 Type = Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(Type, AddrSpace);
5512 Str = End;
5513 }
5514 if (c == '*')
5515 Type = Context.getPointerType(Type);
5516 else
5517 Type = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Type);
5518 break;
5519 }
5520 // FIXME: There's no way to have a built-in with an rvalue ref arg.
5521 case 'C':
5522 Type = Type.withConst();
5523 break;
5524 case 'D':
5525 Type = Context.getVolatileType(Type);
5526 break;
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005527 }
5528 }
Chris Lattner393bd8e2010-10-01 07:13:18 +00005529
Chris Lattner14e0e742010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005530 assert((!RequiresICE || Type->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) &&
Chris Lattner393bd8e2010-10-01 07:13:18 +00005531 "Integer constant 'I' type must be an integer");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005532
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005533 return Type;
5534}
5535
5536/// GetBuiltinType - Return the type for the specified builtin.
Chris Lattner33daae62010-10-01 22:42:38 +00005537QualType ASTContext::GetBuiltinType(unsigned Id,
Chris Lattner14e0e742010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005538 GetBuiltinTypeError &Error,
5539 unsigned *IntegerConstantArgs) {
Chris Lattner33daae62010-10-01 22:42:38 +00005540 const char *TypeStr = BuiltinInfo.GetTypeString(Id);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005541
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005542 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005543
Chris Lattner14e0e742010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005544 bool RequiresICE = false;
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005545 Error = GE_None;
Chris Lattner14e0e742010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005546 QualType ResType = DecodeTypeFromStr(TypeStr, *this, Error,
5547 RequiresICE, true);
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005548 if (Error != GE_None)
5549 return QualType();
Chris Lattner14e0e742010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005550
5551 assert(!RequiresICE && "Result of intrinsic cannot be required to be an ICE");
5552
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005553 while (TypeStr[0] && TypeStr[0] != '.') {
Chris Lattner14e0e742010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005554 QualType Ty = DecodeTypeFromStr(TypeStr, *this, Error, RequiresICE, true);
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005555 if (Error != GE_None)
5556 return QualType();
5557
Chris Lattner14e0e742010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005558 // If this argument is required to be an IntegerConstantExpression and the
5559 // caller cares, fill in the bitmask we return.
5560 if (RequiresICE && IntegerConstantArgs)
5561 *IntegerConstantArgs |= 1 << ArgTypes.size();
5562
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005563 // Do array -> pointer decay. The builtin should use the decayed type.
5564 if (Ty->isArrayType())
5565 Ty = getArrayDecayedType(Ty);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005566
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005567 ArgTypes.push_back(Ty);
5568 }
5569
5570 assert((TypeStr[0] != '.' || TypeStr[1] == 0) &&
5571 "'.' should only occur at end of builtin type list!");
5572
5573 // handle untyped/variadic arguments "T c99Style();" or "T cppStyle(...);".
5574 if (ArgTypes.size() == 0 && TypeStr[0] == '.')
5575 return getFunctionNoProtoType(ResType);
Douglas Gregorce056bc2010-02-21 22:15:06 +00005576
John McCalle23cf432010-12-14 08:05:40 +00005577 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI;
5578 EPI.Variadic = (TypeStr[0] == '.');
Douglas Gregorce056bc2010-02-21 22:15:06 +00005579 // FIXME: Should we create noreturn types?
John McCalle23cf432010-12-14 08:05:40 +00005580
5581 return getFunctionType(ResType, ArgTypes.data(), ArgTypes.size(), EPI);
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005582}
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00005583
Argyrios Kyrtzidis90e99a82010-07-29 18:15:58 +00005584GVALinkage ASTContext::GetGVALinkageForFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD) {
5585 GVALinkage External = GVA_StrongExternal;
5586
5587 Linkage L = FD->getLinkage();
5588 if (L == ExternalLinkage && getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
5589 FD->getType()->getLinkage() == UniqueExternalLinkage)
5590 L = UniqueExternalLinkage;
5591
5592 switch (L) {
5593 case NoLinkage:
5594 case InternalLinkage:
5595 case UniqueExternalLinkage:
5596 return GVA_Internal;
5597
5598 case ExternalLinkage:
5599 switch (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind()) {
5600 case TSK_Undeclared:
5601 case TSK_ExplicitSpecialization:
5602 External = GVA_StrongExternal;
5603 break;
5604
5605 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDefinition:
5606 return GVA_ExplicitTemplateInstantiation;
5607
5608 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration:
5609 case TSK_ImplicitInstantiation:
5610 External = GVA_TemplateInstantiation;
5611 break;
5612 }
5613 }
5614
5615 if (!FD->isInlined())
5616 return External;
5617
5618 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) {
5619 // GNU or C99 inline semantics. Determine whether this symbol should be
5620 // externally visible.
5621 if (FD->isInlineDefinitionExternallyVisible())
5622 return External;
5623
5624 // C99 inline semantics, where the symbol is not externally visible.
5625 return GVA_C99Inline;
5626 }
5627
5628 // C++0x [temp.explicit]p9:
5629 // [ Note: The intent is that an inline function that is the subject of
5630 // an explicit instantiation declaration will still be implicitly
5631 // instantiated when used so that the body can be considered for
5632 // inlining, but that no out-of-line copy of the inline function would be
5633 // generated in the translation unit. -- end note ]
5634 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind()
5635 == TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration)
5636 return GVA_C99Inline;
5637
5638 return GVA_CXXInline;
5639}
5640
5641GVALinkage ASTContext::GetGVALinkageForVariable(const VarDecl *VD) {
5642 // If this is a static data member, compute the kind of template
5643 // specialization. Otherwise, this variable is not part of a
5644 // template.
5645 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK = TSK_Undeclared;
5646 if (VD->isStaticDataMember())
5647 TSK = VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind();
5648
5649 Linkage L = VD->getLinkage();
5650 if (L == ExternalLinkage && getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
5651 VD->getType()->getLinkage() == UniqueExternalLinkage)
5652 L = UniqueExternalLinkage;
5653
5654 switch (L) {
5655 case NoLinkage:
5656 case InternalLinkage:
5657 case UniqueExternalLinkage:
5658 return GVA_Internal;
5659
5660 case ExternalLinkage:
5661 switch (TSK) {
5662 case TSK_Undeclared:
5663 case TSK_ExplicitSpecialization:
5664 return GVA_StrongExternal;
5665
5666 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration:
5667 llvm_unreachable("Variable should not be instantiated");
5668 // Fall through to treat this like any other instantiation.
5669
5670 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDefinition:
5671 return GVA_ExplicitTemplateInstantiation;
5672
5673 case TSK_ImplicitInstantiation:
5674 return GVA_TemplateInstantiation;
5675 }
5676 }
5677
5678 return GVA_StrongExternal;
5679}
5680
Argyrios Kyrtzidis4ac7c0b2010-07-29 20:08:05 +00005681bool ASTContext::DeclMustBeEmitted(const Decl *D) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis90e99a82010-07-29 18:15:58 +00005682 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
5683 if (!VD->isFileVarDecl())
5684 return false;
5685 } else if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(D))
5686 return false;
5687
Argyrios Kyrtzidisab411c82010-07-29 20:07:52 +00005688 // Weak references don't produce any output by themselves.
5689 if (D->hasAttr<WeakRefAttr>())
5690 return false;
5691
Argyrios Kyrtzidis90e99a82010-07-29 18:15:58 +00005692 // Aliases and used decls are required.
5693 if (D->hasAttr<AliasAttr>() || D->hasAttr<UsedAttr>())
5694 return true;
5695
5696 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
5697 // Forward declarations aren't required.
5698 if (!FD->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
5699 return false;
5700
5701 // Constructors and destructors are required.
5702 if (FD->hasAttr<ConstructorAttr>() || FD->hasAttr<DestructorAttr>())
5703 return true;
5704
5705 // The key function for a class is required.
5706 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
5707 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = MD->getParent();
5708 if (MD->isOutOfLine() && RD->isDynamicClass()) {
5709 const CXXMethodDecl *KeyFunc = getKeyFunction(RD);
5710 if (KeyFunc && KeyFunc->getCanonicalDecl() == MD->getCanonicalDecl())
5711 return true;
5712 }
5713 }
5714
5715 GVALinkage Linkage = GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD);
5716
5717 // static, static inline, always_inline, and extern inline functions can
5718 // always be deferred. Normal inline functions can be deferred in C99/C++.
5719 // Implicit template instantiations can also be deferred in C++.
5720 if (Linkage == GVA_Internal || Linkage == GVA_C99Inline ||
5721 Linkage == GVA_CXXInline || Linkage == GVA_TemplateInstantiation)
5722 return false;
5723 return true;
5724 }
5725
5726 const VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(D);
5727 assert(VD->isFileVarDecl() && "Expected file scoped var");
5728
Argyrios Kyrtzidisab411c82010-07-29 20:07:52 +00005729 if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::DeclarationOnly)
5730 return false;
5731
Argyrios Kyrtzidis90e99a82010-07-29 18:15:58 +00005732 // Structs that have non-trivial constructors or destructors are required.
5733
5734 // FIXME: Handle references.
5735 if (const RecordType *RT = VD->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()) {
5736 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl())) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisbbc64542010-08-15 01:15:20 +00005737 if (RD->hasDefinition() &&
5738 (!RD->hasTrivialConstructor() || !RD->hasTrivialDestructor()))
Argyrios Kyrtzidis90e99a82010-07-29 18:15:58 +00005739 return true;
5740 }
5741 }
5742
5743 GVALinkage L = GetGVALinkageForVariable(VD);
5744 if (L == GVA_Internal || L == GVA_TemplateInstantiation) {
5745 if (!(VD->getInit() && VD->getInit()->HasSideEffects(*this)))
5746 return false;
5747 }
5748
5749 return true;
5750}
Charles Davis071cc7d2010-08-16 03:33:14 +00005751
Charles Davisee743f92010-11-09 18:04:24 +00005752CallingConv ASTContext::getDefaultMethodCallConv() {
5753 // Pass through to the C++ ABI object
5754 return ABI->getDefaultMethodCallConv();
5755}
5756
Anders Carlssondae0cb52010-11-25 01:51:53 +00005757bool ASTContext::isNearlyEmpty(const CXXRecordDecl *RD) {
5758 // Pass through to the C++ ABI object
5759 return ABI->isNearlyEmpty(RD);
5760}
5761
Charles Davis071cc7d2010-08-16 03:33:14 +00005762CXXABI::~CXXABI() {}